Skip to main content

Full text of "Food and clothing"

See other formats


Class  7/ 6  ^ 
Book 0  -/ 


-^ 
o 


()op>iightN?_ 


/ 


COPYIJIGHT  DEPOSrr 


FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 


BY 

LENO  OSBORNE 

SUPERVISOR  OP  TIFF,  DEPARTMENT  OF  HOME  EOONOMTCS, 
PUBLIC  SCHOOLS,  OKLAHOMA  CITY,  OKLAHOMA 


CHICAGO  NEW  YORK 

ROW,   PETERSON  &  COMPANY 


Copyright,  1914 
ROW,  PETERSON  &  COMPANY 


SEP  d\  1914 

OCU'380476 


PREFACE 

The  course  contains  material  for  the  first  one  hundred 
and  forty  lessons  to  be  taught  in  foods,  cookery,  diet, 
textiles,  and  clothing.  The  number  of  lessons  given  per 
week  and  the  length  of  time  taken  for  each  recitation 
will  determine  the  number  of  school  years  it  will  require 
to  complete  the  course. 

In  schools  without  laboratories,  if  three  Theory  les- 
sons are  given  per  week,  with  three  Practice  lessons  of 
home-work  required,  the  course  may  be  finished  in  two 
years. 

It  makes  very  little  difference  whether  the  teaching 
of  this  subject  is  first  introduced  in  the  fifth  or  a  later 
grade.  The  beginning  lessons  should  1)p  the  same ;  that 
is,  those  presenting : 

The  classification  of  the  difi^erent  foods. 

The  building  materials  they  contain. 

The  efi^ect  heat  and  moisture  will  have  upon  them. 

The  planning,  cooking,  and  serving  of  meals  with 
regard  to  "balanced  rations." 

The  composition  and  manufacture  of  difi^erent  cloths. 

The  making  of  plain  and  useful  garments. 

The  appropriateness  of  material  and  style  to  occasion. 

The  present  day  Physiology  treats  the  subjects  of  sani- 
tation and  digestion  so  completely  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  repeat  but  to  correlate  with  them.  In  the  Agriculture 
we  find  the  growth,  cultivation,  and  care  of  most  of  our 
food  stuffs,  simply  and  clearly  explained ;  the  Geography 
takes  up  the  adaptation  to  climate,  and  the  commercial 
side  of  these  subjects.     Teachers  by  this  correlation  may 


6  PREFACE 

save  the  time  of  at  least  two  recitations  per  day — a  valu- 
able feature  in  a  crowded  program. 

Language  Lessons,  or  Composition  work,  might  often 
be  selected  from  these  subjects  with  gratifying  results. 

The  subject  matter  has  been  arranged  in  chapters  for 
a  matter  of  convenience,  but  it  is  not  the  intention  that 
they  be  taught  in  the  order  given  unless  the  season  of 
the  year  so  dictates.  For  example  the  chapter  on  vege- 
tables should  be  divided  and  the  fresh  vegetable  lessons 
be  presented  in  the  spring  and  the  dry  vegetables  in  the 
winter ;  the  sugar  lessons  at  Christmas  time ;  the  meat 
lessons  and  dry  fruits  and  vegetables  in  the  winter. 

In  the  "Suggestions  to  Teachers"  it  is  the  aim  to 
discuss  very  plainly  the  hoiv  of  presenting  these  subjects. 

The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  give  the  student  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  selection  and  preparation  of  food ;  a  study 
of  proteins,  fats,  and  carbohydrates,  with  the  effect  of 
heat  upon  them ;  a  study  of  meats  and  vegetables  with 
a  comparison  of  animal  and  vegetable  foods  and  ways  of 
preparing  and  combining  them ;  the  cost  of  the  different 
foods  in  comparison  with  the  building  material  each  con- 
tains ;  laboratory  work  which  teaches  how  to  perform 
the  various  duties  of  the  home  with  the  greatest  efficiency 
and  the  least  expenditure  of  effort. 

For  many  helpful  suggestions  and  for  assistance  in 
proofreading,  the  author  expresses  cordial  appreciation 
to  Misses  Helen  Bishop,  B.  S.,  Columbia  University ; 
Alice  Blair,  B.  S.,  Columbia  University ;  Leaffa  Randall, 
B.  S.,  Kansas  A.  M.  College ;  Helen  Allison,  Kansas  M.  T. 
School ;  and  Kathryne  IMaxwell  of  Oklahoma  City. 

Leno  Osborne. 
Oklahoma  City, 
Oklahoma,  May,  1914. 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Suggestion  to  Teachers 8 

CHAPTER 

FIRST  YEAR 

I     Home    Economics,   Instructions   to 

Pupils,  Food,  Cooking 15 

II  Milk   26 

III  Eggs  As  a  Food  (protein) 33 

IV  Vegetables  (carbohydrates) 39 

V  Sugar  (carbohydrate) 53 

VI  Meats— Beef,  Pork,  Fish 62 

VII  Cheese   (protein)    82 

VIII  Cereals  (carbohydrates)    86 

IX  Flour  (in  combination) 93 

X  Beverages    110 

XI  Table  Setting  and  Service 118 

XII     Canning,    Preserving,    Pickling    (ster- 
ilization )     121 

second  year 

XIII  Eggs  As  a  Thickening  Agent  (protein)  .   130 

XIV  Beef,  Game,  Fowl 136 


8  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

XV    Warmed-over  Dishes    144 

XVI    Fats  and  Oils   150 

XVII     Bacteria — Yeast    159 

XVIII     Cakes    167 

XIX    Soups  and  Salads  177 

XX     Fruits    189 

XXI     Sherbets  and  Ice  Creams 196 

XXII     Dietary  Standards  201 

XXIII  Planning   and    Serving   IVIeals.    House- 

hold Expenses 209 

domestic  art 

XXIV  Textiles    216 

XXV     Plain   Sewing 218 


SUGGESTIONS  TO  TEACHERS 

If  it  were  possible  for  all  teachers  who  must 
teach  Domestic  Science  to  have  training  in  the 
theory  and  practice  of  the  subject,  the  following 
suggestions  would  hardly  be  necessary.  But  ob- 
servation has  taught  us  that  a  carefully  planned 
text,  with  general  directions  for  class  manage- 
ment, in  the  hands  of  resourceful  and  energetic 
teachers,  can  bring  about  results  far  superior  to 
those  of  the  trained  teacher  who  lacks  initiative. 

It  makes  little  difference  how  well  or  how  poorly 
equipped  the  instructor  is  for  presenting  this  sub- 
ject, the  most  essential  qualifications  in  her  are 
resourcefulness,  system,  good  judgment  and  per- 
sonal cleanliness. 

No  woman  can  arouse  in  girls  the  proper  inter- 
est in  this  subject  unless  she  is  interested  in  it 
herself.  The  teacher  who  makes  the  assertion  that 
she  does  not  enjoy  any  phase  of  housekeeping  or 
of  the  preparing  of  meals,  should  not  be  allowed 
to  teach  Domestic  Science.  Her  pupils  may  be 
able  to  pass  an  examination,  but  they  will  never 
be  able  to  make  the  house  a  home,  and  she  must 
be  able  to  lead  girls  to  feel  that  they  cannot  do  a 
better  thing  than  to  give  their  time  and  energy 
to  the  care  and  maintenance  of  this  home. 

9 


10  SUGGESTIONS  TO  TEACHERS 

Personal  cleanliness  of  the  teacher  has  a  great 
influence  upon  the  girls.  No  woman  can  inspire 
the  proper  interest  in  this  subject,  if  she  appears 
before  her  class  in  a  soiled  dress  or  apron,  or  with 
unclean  hands  and  nails.  Large  white  aprons 
over  woolen  dresses  may  be  tolerated  where  the 
work  occupies  only  a  minor  portion  of  the  day, 
but  the  careful  teacher  will  wear  a  wash-dress, 
preferably  white.  The  woolen  dress  collects  odors 
and  dust,  often  full  of  bacteria,  and  in  the  kitchen 
these  may  be  the  cause  of  harmful  results.  The 
teeth  should  be  clean  and  the  breath  free  from 
bad  odors. 

The  P^quipment 

The  object  of  equipment  in  this  work  is  three- 
fold: to  prepare  food  for  cooking,  to  furnish  the 
vessels  w^hich  contain  the  food  while  it  is  being 
cooked,  and  to  supply  heat.  Elaborate  equipment 
has  very  little  to  do  with  good  results. 

One  teacher  succeeded  with  this  purchased 
equipment  for  each  of  her  pupils:  one  12  inch  pan, 
one  6  inch  pan,  one  pie  tin,  one  knife,  one  fork, 
one  tablespoon,  one  tin  cup;  all  costing  40c.  The 
large  pan  served  as  a  dishpan,  as  a  vegetable  pan, 
and,  by  placing  the  smaller  one  in  it  and  using 
the  pie  tin  for  a  lid,  as  a  double  boiler.  The  fork 
was  used  in  place  of  an  egg  beater.  A  baking 
powder  can  was  used  as  a  biscuit  cutter  and  a  pop 


SUGGESTIONS  TO  TEACHERS  11 

bottle  for  a  rolling  pin  and  a  maslier.  A  piece  of 
window  screening  was  cleaned  with  gasoline, 
shaped  over  an  inverted  pan  and  used  as  a  sifter. 
These,  besides  a  stove,  and  tables  and  cupboards 
made  of  boxes,  furnished  the  equipment  for  a 
school  kitchen.  The  results  were  so  gratifying 
that  the  patrons  were  anxious  to  have  money 
spent  towards  the  furnishing  of  a  modern  labor- 
atory. 

A  teacher  in  a  rural  district  borrowed  a  tent 
from  one  family,  an  old  stove  from  another  and 
whatever  could  be  loaned  from  the  various  homes 
in  the  way  of  dishes  and  cooking  utensils.  These 
she  kept  in  a  locked  box  which  was  carried  out 
to  the  tent-kitchen  every  morning  and  each  day 
four  pupils  prepared,  under  her  direction  some 
one  thing  for  the  lunches  of  the  other  pupils. 

When  a  laboratory  is  to  be  fully  equipped  and 
the  teacher  is  inexperienced,  it  is  wise  to  consult 
the  director  of  a  larger  or  an  older  school  as  con- 
ditions vary  so  greatly  tliat  it  is  not  wise  to  give 
specific  directions  which  are  to  be  used  generally. 

Class  Management  Where  There  Is  No  Equipment 

In  rural  schools  where  all  practical  work  must 
be  done  at  home,  tlie  teacher  should,  as  each  new 
subject  is  presented,  lead  the  pupils  to  become 
interested  in  its  production  (from  agriculture) ; 
its  adaptation  to  climate  and  its  commercial  value 


12  SUGGESTIONS  TO  TEACHERS 

(from  geograpliy) ;  its  food  classification  (domes- 
tic science) ;  the  effect  of  the  digestive  fluids  upon 
it  (physiology) ;  the  effect  of  heat  upon  it  (moist 
or  dry),  and  the  various  ways  it  may  be  prepared 
by  itself  or  in  combination  to  make  it  palatable 
and  digestible  (domestic  science). 

The  number  of  lessons  for  this  Avill  depend  upon 
the  time  given  at  each  recitation.  The  recipes  in 
the  Domestic  Science  text  are  for  small  amounts, 
individual  proportions  unless  otherwise  stated. 

Help  the  students  to  figure  the  amount  they 
must  prepare  for  the  number  of  people  at  home. 
Use  the  time  of  several  lessons  for  reports  as  to 
the  results  of  the  home-work,  and  if  any  failures 
are  reported,  help  them  to  find  from  their  text 
the  cause  and  the  means  of  prevention.  Lead 
them  by  questions  from  their  Physiology  and 
Domestic  Science  texts  to  make  food  selections 
suitable  for  body  building,  and  emphasize  con- 
tinually the  dangers  of  allowing  appetite  to  gov- 
ern food  consumption. 

If  possible  study  and  prepai'e  the  quick-grow- 
ing perishable  vegetables  and  fruits  in  the  spring 
and  fall  seasons,  leaving  the  dry  vegetables, 
grains,  fruits  and  meats  for  the  winter  months. 

Class  Management 

The  order  in  the  room  depends  upon  conditions. 
Usuallv   there   is   no    occasion   for   conversation 


SUGGESTIONS  TO  TEACHERS  13 

among  pupils,  especially  if  the  equipment  is  in- 
dividual. Working  in  groups  is  by  no  means  a 
satisfactory  method  and  does  not  bring  about  the 
best  results.  Pupils  de])end  upon  each  other  in- 
stead of  developing  independent  judgment  and 
self-reliance. 

Housekeepers 

There  is  so  much  general  work  to  do  in  a  lab- 
oratory that  it  is  necessary  to  have  some  extra 
help  after  each  lesson.  The  girls  who  are  ap- 
pointed to  do  this  work  are  called  "house- 
keepers." This  is  the  only  general  housekeeping 
work  that  most  school  kitchens  oft'er  and  it  should 
be  under  close  supervision.  The  duty  of  each 
housekeeper  and  the  number  needed  will  depend 
upon  the  equipment.  These  duties  should  last 
only  during  one  lesson,  and  care  should  be  exer- 
cised that  the  appointments  come  in  regular  rota- 
tion with  a  change  of  duties.  The  following  sug- 
gestions may  be  helpful  : 

Housekeeper  No.  1 — Put  away  supplies.  Clean  the 
supply  table.     Clean  the  ice  box  and  keep  in  order. 

Housekeeper  No.  2 — Wipe  out  all  the  drawers  and 
shelves  in  the  laboratory  not  in  special  charge  of  any 
one  else.    Clean  the  faucets,  strainers  and  soap  dishes. 

Housekeeper  No.  3 — Clean  the  sinks  and  all  stoves  not 
used  during  the  lesson. 

Housekeeper  No.  4 — Inspect  cupboards  and  drawers 
and  report  missing  utensils.     Inspect  towels,  tea-kettles, 


14  SUGGESTIONS  TO  TEACHERS 

etc.,     and     report     any     disorderly     condition     in     the 
laboratory. 

The  Lesson 

It  is  practically  impossible  to  conduct  a  Domes- 
tic Science  lesson  in  the  lahuratory  in  less  than 
ninety  minutes,  even  though  the  theory  or  chem- 
istry part  is  given  at  a  separate  period.  A  few 
directions  must  be  given,  the  lesson  prepared, 
criticisms  offered,  and  failures,  if  any,  explained, 
with  means  of  prevention  reasoned  out.  Dishes 
and  utensils  must  be  washed  and  tow^els  scalded 
and  placed  to  dry.- 

Each  girl's  part  in  the  cleaning  of  the  labor- 
atory after  a  lesson  is  one  of  the  most  valuable 
of  the  hour.  A  pupil  who  is  not  corrected  for 
leaving  her  dishes  improperly  scalded  and  dried, 
her  stove  not  clean,  or  her  equipment  out  of 
place,  has  lost  an  essential  part  of  every  labora- 
tory lesson, — those  of  order  and  neatness  and 
cleanliness. 

It  is  best  for  the  teacher  to  have  all  supplies 
out  and  ready  for  use  when  the  pupils  come  to 
the  room.  This  is  considered  one  of  the  very 
important  parts  of  lesson  preparation. 


FIRST  YEAR 

CHAPTER  I 

HOME  ECONOMICS 

Home  economics.  This  term  is  applied  to  tlie 
scientific  study  of  all  matters  pertaining  to  the 
healthy,  efficient,  enjoyable  home  life.  Within 
its  scope  is  included  the  study  of  chemistry,  bac- 
teriology, plant  life;  the  home,  its  location,  ar- 
rangement, furnishings  and  ventilation;  househohl 
management,  which  includes  not  only  the  study 
of  how  to  perform  the  various  duties  of  the  home 
with  the  greatest  efficiency  and  least  expenditure 
of  effort,  but  how  to  maintain  the  mental  and 
physical  health  of  those  in  the  home;  physiology 
of  digestion ;  sanitation ;  care  of  the  sick ;  cookery 
of  food ;  textiles  and  clothing. 

So  great  is  the  importance  of  this  subject  to 
the  home,  and  to  the  welfare  of  those  in  the  home, 
that  colleges  have  extended  the  completion  of  the 
course  over  four  years  of  time.  We,  with  less  than 
one  hundred  recitations,  can  give  the  subject 
under  only  two  heads: 

Domestic  science,  which  includes  the  study  of 
food,  its  source,  nutrition,  cost  and  cookery;  the 

15 


16  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

physiology  of  digestion;  tlio  scientific  planning 
and  serving  of  meals  with  reference  to  "balanced 
rations,"  or  the  amount  of  food  necessary,  under 
specified  conditions,  to  supply  the  body  with 
building  material. 

Domestic  art,  the  scientific  study  of  clothing 
from  the  standpoint  of  health  and  comfort;  tex- 
tiles, with  reference  to  their  various  sources, 
weaves,  and  colors;  garment  making,  including 
the  appropriateness  of  the  style  to  the  wearer  and 
the  occasion. 

IXSTKrCTTOXS  TO  PUPILS 

In  tite  Laboratory 

Each  girl  should  have: 

A  clean  apron,  preferably  white. 

A  small  hand  towel  fastened  to  tlie  l)elt. 

A  nail  file. 

A  small  hag  or  purse  to  liold  rings.  l)racelets.  etc. 

Girls  should  ^vear,  if  possible,  clean  wash 
dresses.  The  dangers  of  the  Avoolen  dress  in  the 
kitchen  may  be  very  great.  A  girl  often  wears 
the  same  dress  for  weeks ;  and,  since  the  pupils 
come  from  many  different  homes,  having  varied 
conditions,  possibly  diseases,  the  woolen  dress  is 
likely  to  be  a  germ  carrier. 

Place  great  stress  upon  clean  hands  and  nails. 


HOME  ECONOMICS  17 

The  hands  should  be  washed,  the  nails  cleaned, 
then  the  hands  washed  again  before  beginning  to 
prepare  a  food. 

Things  to  Reme^fber  When  Cooking 

1.  Read  the  recipe  carefully  before  beginning 
to  prepare  the  dish.  Determine  the  fewest  pos- 
sible utensils  with  which  you  can  prepare  this 
food  and  do  not  use  more.  Avoid  the  very  bad 
habit  of  so  many  housekeepers,  that  of  soiling 
every  dish  in  the  kitchen  when  preparing  a  meal. 

2.  Keep  all  dishes  and  other  utensils  washed 
and  in  the  smallest  possible  space. 

3.  Plan  your  work  so  as  to  save  steps.  ' '  Con- 
servation of  strength'*  should  be  the  watchword 
of  every  housekeeper. 

4.  Do  not  use  your  apron  for  a  towel,  a  lifter, 
or  in  place  of  a  handkerchief.  Many  women  who 
consider  themselves  neat,  wipe  their  hands  and 
face  on  their  apron  and  then  use  it  for  removing 
dishes  from  the  oven,  handling  pans,  etc. 

5.  Keep  your  hands  absolutely  clean  duriug 
the  lesson.  Wash  them  after  you  have  used  the 
handkerchief  or  had  them  on  your  face  or  hair. 

6.  "When  tasting  a  food  to  determine  its  sea- 
soning, place  a  portion  in  a  spoon  with  the  mixing 
spoon.  Do  not  place  a  spoon  that  has  been  in 
the  mouth  in  food.    Many  years  ago,  before  people 


18  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

knew  the  dangers  of  infection  from  the  hreath, 
women  would  blow  their  breath  on  portions  of 
food  to  cool  it  for  the  children,  or  would  blow 
back  the  cream  from  a  vessel  containing  milk 
when  they  wanted  only  the  milk.  Read  the  chap- 
ter in  your  physiology,  ''The  Air  Passages  and 
the  Lungs,"  and  reason  from  that,  why  any  of 
these  careless  habits  are  very  dangerous  to  the 
health  of  those  about  us. 

7.  Do  not  eat  particles  of  food  while  cooking. 
A  housekeeper  who  minces  over  her  food  as  she 
cooks  it  does  not  take  the  proper  interest  in  its 
preparation  or  service. 

To  Wash  Dishes 

1.  Scrape  all  food  particles  from  the  dishes. 

2.  Rinse  the  dishes  before  placing  them  in  the 
dish  water. 

3.  Dishes  or  vessels  which  have  had  egg  or 
flour  mixtures  in  them  should  be  rinsed  in  cold 
water. 

4.  Dishes  or  vessels  which  have  had  greasy 
foods  or  syrup  in  them  should  be  rinsed  in  boiling 
water. 

5.  Pack  like  dishes  and  cooking  vessels  to- 
gether. 

6.  Wash  in  this  order:  glass,  silver,  china,  tin, 
crockery,  iron.  Place  in  another  pan,  scald  each 
division  and  dry  before  washing  the  next.    When 


HOME  ECONOMICS  19 

placing  tlieiii  in  the  draining  pan  to  be  scalded, 
place  each  dish  inside  up.    Why? 

7.  Have  two  dish  cloths,  one  for  dishes  and  one 
for  cutlery.  Scald  the  cloths  before  hanging  away 
to  dry. 

Drying  towels  should  be  scalded  after  each  us- 
ing, or  hung  in  the  sun  to  sterilize.  Too  mucli 
importance  can  not  be  given  to  having  clean, 
pure,  sanitary  dish  cloths  and  towels. 

FOOD 

A  food  is  any  substance  which,  when  taken  into 
the  body,  builds  tissue,  and  produces  heat  and 
energy  without  directly  or  indirectly  injuring  the 
cells. 

Foods  are  divided  into  five  classes: 

1.  Proteins.  The  tissue  or  lean  meat  builders, 
which  may  also  be  used  to  produce  heat,  are  ob- 
tained from  lean  meat,  eggs,  milk,  cheese,  fish, 
dry  peas  and  beans,  wheat,  oats,  and  in  small 
amounts  from  any  cereal  except  rice.  Each 
food  has  its  own  specific  kind  of  protein,  yet  all 
have  the  general  characteristic  of  coagulating  at 
a  low  temperature  and  hardening  and  contracting 
at  a  high  temperature.  The  protein  in  milk  and 
cheese  is  known  as  casein;  in  eggs  as  albumin; 
in  wheat  as  gluten;  in  peas  and  beans  as  legumen; 
in  lean  meat  as  myosin;  in  blood  as  fibrin. 

All  protein  foods  should  be  cooked  at  a  tem- 


20  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

perature  below  the  hoiliny  point  to  insure  ease 
in  digestion. 

2.  Starches  and  sugars,  carbohydrates.  These 
fatty-tissue  builders  and  heat  producers  are 
obtained  from  fruits,  vegetables  and  cereals. 

Almost  all  plants  have  their  own  kind  of  starch, 
as  corn  starch,  rice  starch,  wheat  starch,  potato 
starch,  etc.  Commercial  sugar  is  obtained  from 
sugar  cane  and  the  sugar  beet.  We  obtain  sugar 
also  from  fruits,  milk,  corn,  cereals,  sweet  pota- 
toes, and  peas. 

3.  Fats  and  oils.  The  decided  heat  producers 
are  fats  and  oils.  In  a  small  way  they  produce 
fatty-tissue.  We  obtain  most  of  these  from  but- 
ter, meats,  nuts,  salad  dressings,  cheese,  milk  and 
chocolate.  The  digestive  organs  can  take  care  of 
only  a  limited  amount  of  these  at  a  time;  there  is 
great  danger  in  over-eating. 

4.  Minerals.  Some  inorganic  materials  such 
as  salt,  lime,  iron  and  sulphur  are  valuable  in  the 
building  of  the  solids  of  the  body  and  the  blood. 
They  are  obtained  from  fruit,  vegetables,  grains 
and  animal  foods. 

5.  Water  acts  as  a  solvent  and  is  necessary 
in  the  fluids  of  the  body. 

Balanced  Rations 

To  take  within  our  bodies,  each  day,  the  proper 
proportion  of  proteins,  fats  and  carbohydrates, 


HOME  ECONOMICS  21 

and,  on  tlie  other  hand,  have  these  in  sufficient 
quantities  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  various  condi- 
tions brouglit  about  by  climate  and  vocation,  is 
called  '* balanced  rations."  So  important  is  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  balanced  diet  to  every  boy 
and  girl  that  a  chapter  will  be  devoted  to  it  later, 
under  "Dietary  Standards." 

Accessories 

Numerous  other  substances  are  taken  into  the 
body  which  are  not  foods,  but  in  food  combina- 
tion add  to  the  attractiveness  of  the  dishes  by 
giving  odor  and  taste.    These  are: 

Flavors.  The  various  oils  and  essences,  as  van- 
illa, lemon,  etc. 

Stimulants.    Alcohol,  tea,  coffee,  cocoa,  beef  tea. 

Condiments.     Salt,  pepper,  mustard,  spices. 

In  other  chapters  these  will  be  treated  more 
fully,  but  too  much  emphasis  cannot  be  placed 
upon  the  injurious  effects  of  the  over-use  of  these 
accessories. 

COOKING 

Cooking  is  the  preparation  of  food  by  means  of 
heat  to  develop  new  flavors,  or  to  make  it  more 
palatable  and  digestible,  and  to  destroy  micro- 
organisms. 


22  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

]\Iethods  of  Cooking 

Baking  is  cooking  by  means  of  dry,  confined 
heat. 

Roasting  really  means  exposing  food  to  the  di- 
rect rays  of  a  fire.  Before  the  invention  of  ovens 
all  foods  not  cooked  in  water  were  roasted,  but 
now  it  is  very  unusual  to  taste  a  piece  of  roasted 
food.  Meats  spoken  of  as  roasts,  are  really  baked 
meats. 

Broiling  is  a  combination  of  baking  and  roast- 
ing. The  meat  is  exposed  to  the  direct  rays  of  a 
fire,  yet  in  the  broiler  attachments  to  the  new 
stoves  the  heat  is  confined.  In  broiling  we  use 
thinner  cuts  of  meat  than  for  a  roast,  with  as 
much  surface  exposed  as  possible. 

Pan-h roiling  means  that  the  food  is  placed  on 
a  very  hot  iron  surface  and  turned  continually 
until  sufficiently  cooked.  No  fat  is  used  and  if 
any  collects,  it  is  removed.  This  is  the  most  satis- 
factory way  of  cooking  game  or  fowl  for  con- 
valescents. 

Frying  is  a  method  of  immersing  the  food  in 
deep  hot  fat.  Degrees  of  heat  used  for  frying  are 
not  general  as  vegetable  oils  may  be  heated  to  a 
higher  degree  than  animal  oils. 

Sauteing  is  very  much  the  same  as  pan-broiling, 
except  that  in  sauteing  the  fat  is  allowed  to  collect 
or  is  added  as  the  food  is  cooked.    This  method 


HOME  ECONOMICS  23 

of  cooking  lias  been  improperly  termed  frying. 

Fricasseeing  is  sauteing  and  serving  with  a 
sance  or  gravy.  Very  thin  steaks  or  jointed 
chickens  are  the  foods  commonly  cooked  by  this 
method. 

Boiling  means  that  foods  are  cooked  to  the  de- 
sired degree  by  being  placed  in  boiling  water. 

Stewing  means  cooking  to  the  desired  degree  in 
water  just  below  the  boiling  point.  This  is  the 
best  method  for  all  protein  foods  as  the  albumen 
will  coagulate  instead  of  contracting  and  harden- 
ing, as  when  strong  heat  is  applied. 

Steaming  food  means  cooking  over  hot  water  in 
vessels  that  confine  the  steam.  This  is  the  best 
method  for  young,  green  vegetables,  potatoes  that 
have  a  tendency  to  fall  to  pieces  when  partially 
cooked,  and  some  meats. 

Fireless  cooker.  Vessels  for  holding  foods  are 
placed  in  boxes  or  cases  so  packed  that  when  the 
hot  food  is  placed  in  them  and  the  lid  fastened 
down,  there  will  be  little  change  of  temperature 
for  from  eight  to  twelve  hours.  Sometimes  a  hot 
soapstone  is  placed  under  the  vessel.  For  cook- 
ing meats,  fowls  and  cereals  they  have  no  equal. 
Sherbets  and  creams,  if  cooled  to  the  freezing 
point  before  being  placed  in  the  cases,  will  con- 
tinue to  freeze.  The  theory  of  this  invention  is 
insulation  to  prevent  change  of  temperature. 


24  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Degrees  of  Heat  in  Water 

Luke-warm.  When  a  tin  vessel  holding  the 
water  can  be  held  with  comfort  in  the  hand. 

Scalding.     When  steam  arises. 

Simmering.  When  tiny  bubbles  collect  around 
the  sides  and  on  the  bottom  of  the  vessel. 

Boiling.  When  these  bubbles  arise  to  the  top, 
burst  and  send  out  steam. 

Degrees  of  Heat  in  the  Oven 

Warm.  When  th('  hand  may  be  held  in  with 
comfort. 

Moderate.  When  a  piece  of  white  paper  will 
brown  in  10  minutes. 

Hot  oven.  When  a  piece  of  white  paper  will 
brown  in  10  seconds. 

Most  of  the  new  kitchen  ranges  have  ther- 
mometers in  the  ovens  with  the  different  degrees 
of  heat  registered.  This  is  the  only  true  way  of 
testing  heat,  but  until  we  are  all  supplied  with 
new  stoves,  the  old  methods  of  testing  must  be 
used. 

Abbreviations 

Some  teachers  prefer  to  use  the  small  "t"  for 
teaspoon  and  the  capital  "T"  for  tablespoon.  It 
makes  very  little  difference  if  the  same  abbrevia- 
tions are  used  throughout  the  work,  but  since  the 


HOME  ECONOMICS  25 

true  abbreviations  for  the  words  are  "tsp."  and 
''tbsp."  they  will  be  used  in  this  text: 

tsp teaspoon         qt quart 

tbsp tablespoon      pt pint 

c cup  oz ounce 

ni mmute  lb pound 

cm cream  Ind Individual 

B.  P Baking  Powder 

All  measures  used  in  cooking  are  level.  Pupils 
must  not  be  allowed  to  use  "rounding"  or  ''heap- 
ing" measures  in  any  recipe. 

To  get  one  spoonful,  take  upon  the  spoon  all 
that  it  will  hold,  then  with  the  sharp  edge  of  a 
knife  level  it  smooth  to  the  edge  of  the  spoon; 
one-half  spoonful,  the  spoonful  is  cut  in  two 
lengthwise;  one-fourth  spoonful,  the  half-sj)oon  is 
cut  in  two  crosswise;  one-eighth,  the  fourth  is  cut 
in  two  crosswise,  etc. 

All  liquid  measures  should  be  leveled  oft',  the 
same  as  dry  measures.  In  small  amounts  and 
with  thick  materials  as  molasses  the  amount  that 
would  adhere  might  be  enough  to  cause  a  failure. 

Weights  and  IMeasures 

3  tsp 1  tbsp.        2  c.  ground  meat .  .  1  lb. 

16  tbsp 1  cup        15  lbs.  potatoes.  ...  1  pk. 

2  cups   1  pint       16  ozs 1  lb. 

4  c.  flour 1  lb.  2  tbsp.  butter 1  oz. 

2  c.  butter   1  lb.  4  c.  shelled  nuts.  .1  lb. 

2  c.  g.  sugar 1  lb.  1  egg,  mixed. 3  to  4  tbsp. 


CHAPTER  II 

MILK 

Milk  contains  all  of  the  elements  necessary  to 
sustain  life  and  to  build  body  tissues  of  the  very 
young  or  of  inactive  people,  but,  when  activities 
that  require  a  great  deal  of  energy  are  begun,  milk 
will  not  suffice,  as  it  is  lacking  in  carbohydrates, 
as  will  be  seen  by  the  following  table: 


Water 

Fats 

Sugar 

Casein 

Albumeii 

Minerals 

87% 

4% 

5%, 

2>4% 

/2% 

1% 

This  will  prove  why  bread  and  milk  is  a  health- 
ful food  for  children.  The  fats  in  milk  are  in  the 
form  of  tiny  globules,  so  small  and  so  evenly  dis- 
tributed through  the  milk,  that  in  fresh  milk  they 
can  not  be  observed  without  the  aid  of  a  magnify- 
ing glass,  but  if  left  undisturbed  in  a  cool  place 
the  fat  particles  will  rise  to  the  top  as  cream. 

Test.  Put  1  tbsp.  of  vinegar  and  1  tsp.  of  an 
oil  in  a  bottle  and  shake  well.  Notice  how  the  oil 
is  broken  up  into  tiny  particles.  This  represents 
the  fats  in  the  milk  as  they  would  appear,  if 
magnified.  Hold  the  bottle  still,  and  notice  how 
the  globules  run  together  and  gather  at  the  top. 
This  explains  to  you  how  cream  rises. 

26 


MILK  27 

The  fat  of  milk  is  commercially  its  most  im- 
l^ortant  element,  since  from  it  we  get  the  cream 
and  the  butter,  and  it  enters  largely  into  cheese 
making. 

The  sugar  in  milk  is  known  as  milk-sugar  or 
*' lactose,"  and  is  not  so  sweet  as  cane  sugar.  It 
is  collected  from  the  whey  after  cheese  has  been 
made  and  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  medicines 
and  baby  foods. 

The  casein,  a  protein,  may  be  seen  by  adding 
acid  to  milk.  The  tiny  flecks  you  see  are  the 
casein,  which  the  acid  has  caused  to  contract  and 
separate  from  the  water.  This  will  be  discussed 
in  detail  under  '^Cheese." 

The  albumen,  another  protein,  may  be  seen  by 
placing  milk  over  a  hot  fire.  The  scum  which  col- 
lects on  the  top  is  the  albumen  which  has  been 
hardened  by  the  heat. 

The  mineral  matter  in  milk  is  made  up  largely 
of  phosphates  and  lime. 

How  milk  is  classified.  Whole  milk  is  that 
Avhicli  contains  all  of  its  elements;  skimmed  milk, 
that  which  is  left  after  the  cream  has  been  taken; 
buttermilk,  the  milk  left  after  churning;  the 
fats  have  practically  all  been  removed,  and  the 
lactic  acid  which  caused  the  milk  to  sour  has 
separated  the  casein  from  the  water.  Since  the 
fat  has  been  removed  and  the  acid  has  performed 
some  of  the  functions  of  stomach  digestion,  butter- 


28  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

milk  is  sometimes  recommended  by  physicians  in 
cases  of  intestinal  troubles. 

Why  milk  sours.  Milk  is  subject  to  a  great 
many  chemical  changes  as  it  presents  favorable 
conditions  for  the  growth  of  various  bacteria,  but 
the  one  most  common  is  ''souring,"  due  to  the 
forming  of  lactic  acid.  This  acid  develops  very 
quickly  in  milk,  if  the  temperature  is  above  40 
degrees.  The  widespread  belief  that  thunder  or 
lightning  sours  milk  is  unfounded.  Souring  at 
such  times  is  brought  about  by  the  atmospheric 
conditions.  The  same  climatic  condition  that  pro- 
duces electricity  during  a  thunder  storm  will  cause 
milk  to  sour. 

The  chief  sources  of  bacteria  in  milk  are,  health 
conditions  of  the  cow,  the  stables,  the  feed,  the 
utensils  and  the  milkers.  The  general  belief  now 
is  that  milk  is  never  entirely  free  from  bacteria ; 
yet  the  milk  from  dairies  where  the  vessels  are 
thoroughly  scalded  and  cleaned,  the  milkers  work 
with  clean  hands  and  clothes  and  the  animals  are 
thoroughly  cleaned  and  are  healthful,  tests  prac- 
tically pure. 

On  the  other  hand,  pure,  clean  milk  is  often  sold 
to  a  person  who  leaves  it  uncovered  where  flies 
or  dust  can  get  into  it,  or  turns  it  into  a  poorly 
washed  vessel,  or  places  it  in  a  warm,  moist  place 
where  odors  from  other  foods  can  get  to  it.  Tests 
have  been  made  and  by  great  care  milk  has  been 


MILK  29 

kept  sweet  21  days  by  simply  using  cleanly 
methods.  Many  preservatives  are  used  to  prevent 
milk  from  souring,  but  in  all  cases  these  are  in- 
jurious to  the  health  of  the  consumer. 

While  slight  warmth  promotes  the  growth  of 
bacteria,  extreme  heat  kills  them.  Unfor- 
tunately heat  sufficient  to  kill  bacteria  causes 
chemical  changes  to  take  place  in  the  milk.  How- 
ever, heat  is  often  used  and  the  two  most  common 
methods  are  pasteurization  and  sterilization. 

Pasteurization  requires  just  enough  heat  to  de- 
stroy as  many  bacteria  as  possible  without  mak- 
ing a  chemical  change.  Milk  is  placed  in  jars, 
sealed  and  immersed  to  the  neck  in  hot  water 
and  heated  to  150  F.,  let  stand  for  30  minutes, 
then  removed  and  cooled  quickly.  Rapid  cooling 
lessens  the  "cooked"  taste. 

Sterilized  milk  has  been  heated  three  succes- 
sive days  to  boiling  point  and  continued  at  that 
degree  for  15  minutes.  Sterilized  milk  will  re- 
main sweet  in  a  warm  place  several  days,  but  the 
extreme  heat  has  caused  an  undesirable  change. 

Condensed  and  evaporated  milk  and  milk  pow- 
ders are  forms  of  canned  milk,  which  have  been 
heated  until  all  of  the  water  has  evaporated. 
Effect  of  strong  heat  upon  milk  has  been  seen  in 
the  test  for  albumen.  The  protein  becomes  so  con- 
tracted and  hard  that  the  digestive  fluids  can  not 
liquify  it.     All  foods  containing  milk  should  he 


30  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

cooked  heloiv  the  boiling  point.  Double  boilers 
and  fireless  cookers  have  done  mncli  toward  tiie 
proper  cooking  of  milk  in  food  combinations. 

WHITE  SATJCE 

The  thickness  of  the  sauce  desired  is  regulated 
by  the  number  of  tablespoonfuls  of  flour  and  but- 
ter used  to  1  cup  of  liquid.  Since  the  amounts  of 
(flour  and  butter  are  the  same  we  indicate  the  con- 
sistency as: 

''One  to  one"  white  sauce  means  1  tbsp.  each 
flour  and  butter  to  1  c.  milk, — used  mostly  for 
thickening  soups. 

"Two  to  one"  white  sauce  means  2  tbsp.  each 
butter  and  flour  to  1  c.  milk, — used  for  creamed 
vegetables,  heavy  gravies  and  purees. 

When  a  very  heavy  sauce  is  desired,  as  for 
croquettes,  the  amount  of  fat  is  decreased  as  tlie 
amount  of  flour  increases  as;  2  tbsp.  butter,  5  tbsy). 
flour,  1  c.  milk  and  would  be  given  as  "2  to  5 
to  1." 

In  making  small  amounts  for  class  work  the 
evaporation  will  be  relatively  so  much  greater 
than  for  a  large  amount — that,  in  a  recipe  which 
calls  for  2  c.  white  sauce  ''2  to  1,"  one-fourth 
cup  would  have  to  be  made  ^'1  to  1"  to  give  the 
desired  consistency. 

Melt  the  butter  slightly,  blend  it  with  the  flour, 
add  the  liquid  and  cook  over  boiling  water  about 


I\IILK  31 

8  minutes,  until  thick  and  tlie  starch  in  the  flour 
has  a  clear  look.  Add  the  salt  last.  The  usual 
amount  is  i/4  tsp.  to  the  cup,  but  that  depends 
upon  its  use.  Two  tbsp.  grated  cheese  added  to 
1  c.  white  sauce  is  called  cheese  sauce.  Tomato 
juice  used  in  place  of  milk  is  called  tomato  sauce. 
Why  starch  thickens.  If  we  were  to  examine 
the  fine  white  powder  through  a  microscope,  we 
would  see  that  each  grain  resembles  a  white 
marble.  This  expands  and  bursts  in  sufficiently 
moist  heat. 

TESTS 

1.  To  1  tsp.  starch  add  1  tbsp.  cold  water,  mix  well, 
add  Yi  e.  boiling  water  and  cook  three  minutes. 

What  change  has  taken  place  in  the  color?  In  the 
consistency? 

2.  To  1  tbsp.  starch  add  Yz  c.  boiling  water.  Cook  3 
minutes. 

What  change  in  consistency  do  you  find  as  compared 
with  that  in  the  first  test? 

3.  To  1  tsp.  starch  add  1  tsp.  fat  or  oil,  blend  well, 
add  Y^  c.  boiling  water  and  cook  3  minutes. 

What  consistency  do  you  find  ? 

MOCK   OYSTER  SOUP 

1  c.  whole  milk  2  crackers 

Vl^>  t^P-  salt 

Spread  the  crackers  with  butter  and  place  in  a 
soup  dish.  Heat  the  milk  to  scalding  point  over 
hot  Avater,  pour  it  over  crackers  and  serve  hot. 


32  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

1.  In  what  one  of  the  food  classes  is  milk  deficient? 

2.  Why  is  milk,  alone,  not  a  perfect  food  for  a  child 
old  enough  to  go  to  school? 

3.  Why  is  milk  a  perfect  food  for  a  baby :' 

4.  Give  four  reasons  for  milk  souring. 

5.  Why  should  milk  or  foods  containing  milk  not  be 
cooked  at  a  boiling  temperature  ? 

Note:     Unless  otherwise  stated,  the  reeipes  may  lie  considered 
to  be  for  individual  service. 


CHAPTER  III 
EGGS 

Eggs,  another  form  of  protein  food,  are  in  a 
sense  a  perfect  food  since  they  contain  all  of  the 
elements  necessary  to  life.  The  entire  body  of 
the  chick  is  formed  inside  of  the  shell,  yet  when 
it  is  hatched  and  begins  to  move  about,  the  ele- 
ments in  different  proportions  must  be  taken  up 
by  its  body  to  keep  it  alive  and  growing. 

Eggs,  like  milk,  lack  the  carbohydrates,  and  as 
soon  as  the  chick  begins  to  use  muscular  energy, 
he  is  fed  upon  cornmeal  or  other  starchy  foods 
to  insure  his  supply  of  energy-producing  material. 
The  proportion  of  elements  in  the  egg  is : 

Water        Protein        Fat        Carbohydrates        Minerals 

74%  13%  12%  ....  1%, 

Perhaps  no  article  of  diet  of  animal  origin  is 
more  commonly  eaten  in  all  countries,  or  served  in 
a  greater  variety  of  ways  than  eggs. 

Hens '  eggs  are  most  common,  although  the  eggs 
of  all  fowls  and  most  birds  are  used  to  some  ex- 
tent. Turtle  eggs  are  highly  prized  in  some  coun- 
tries, and  fish  eggs,  under  the  name  of  caviar  are 
sold  in  large  quantities. 

33 


34  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

The  different  parts  of  an  egg  are :  Shell,  lining, 
air  space,  white,  twisted  cord,  yolk,  and  embryo. 

The  white  is  nearly  pure  albumen  and  water, 
with  a  percentage  of  sulphur;  the  yolk  contains 
fat,  albumen  and  a  number  of  minerals  in  small 
quantities;  for  example,  iron,  sulphur,  etc.;  the 
shell  is  made  up  of  mineral  matter,  principally 
lime.  The  embryo,  on  the  yolk,  is  the  germ  from 
which  the  life  of  the  young  chick  starts.  The  cords 
hold  the  yolk  in  place. 

How  TO  Tell  Fresh  Eggs 

1.  If,  when  held  between  your  eve  and  a  strong  liglit, 
the  egg  is  clear  with  a  dark  spot  in  tlie  center  it  is  fresh ; 
if  it  is  cloudy,  it  is  stale.     This  is  called  "candling." 

2.  Drop  an  egg  into  fresh  water.  If  it  is  fresh  it  will 
sink ;  if  it  comes  to  the  top  it  is  stale  or  spoiled. 

3.  Shake  an  egg  close  to  .your  ear;  if  it  rattles  it  is 
spoiled. 

4.  The  shell  of  a  fresh  egg  is  rough ;  that  of  a  stah^ 
egg  is  usually  srnootlL 

Why  Eggs  Spoil. 

1.  The  shell  is  porous  and  when  the  egg  is 
exposed  to  the  air,  the  water  in  the  egg  evaporates 
and  air  enters  and  takes  its  place.  Bacteria,  enter- 
ing with  the  air,  begin  working  and  soon  the  egg- 
is  stale  or  spoiled,  according  to  the  length  of  time 
it  is  exposed. 


EGGS  35 

2.  When  subjected  to  heat  equal  to  that  of  the 
body  of  the  hen,  about  78  degrees,  the  germ  of  the 
chick  will  begin  to  develop  and  within  a  few  days 
the  egg  will  be  unfit  for  use. 

Many  ways  of  preserving  eggs  have  been  tried 
and  a  few  have  been  successful.  If,  when  eggs  are 
plentiful  and  selling  at  a  low  price,  they  can  be 
packed  away  and  kept  fresh  until  they  are  scarce, 
an  important  problem  in  domestic  economy  has 
been  solved. 

Eggs  should  never  be  packed  in  a  material  that 
has  a  disagreeable  odor.  Musty  straw  or  bran 
will  injure  the  flavor,  and  crates  of  eggs  have  been 
ruined  by  leaving  them  near  cabbage  or  onions. 

Preserving  Eggs 

The  results  of  preserving  eggs  by  different 
methods  through  a  period  of  eight  months  showed 
the  following  results: 

Brine — salt  absorbed  by  egg,  not  edible. 
Wrapped  in  paper — 80%  bad. 
Rubbed  with  salt— 707^   bad. 
Packed  in  bran — 709?   bad. 
Covered  with  paraffin — 70%  bad. 
Partially  sterilized  by  placing  in  boiling  water 
for  12  to  15  seconds — 50%  bad. 

Varnished  with  vaseline — all  good. 

In  lime  water — all  good. 

In  solution  of  water  glass — all  good. 


36  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Cooking.  Coagulation  is  the  solidifying  of  tlie 
albumen  by  means  of  heat.  If  coagulated  rapidly 
the  albumen  becomes  hard  and  contracts  and  is 
hard  to  dissolve.  If  coagulated  slowly  it  is  easily 
dissolved.  In  the  cooking  of  eggs  it  is  necessary 
to  keep  this  in  mind,  and  cook  them  very  slowly 
or  at  a  temperature  below  the  boiling  point.  As 
one  of  the  functions  of  stomach  digestion  is  to 
liquify  its  contents,  the  easier  a  substance  is  liqui- 
fied the  quicker  it  is  digested  and  the  less  strain 
on  the  digestive  organs. 

SOFT-COOKED  OR  "BOTTiEO"  EGGS 

Drop  an  egg  into  a  pan  of  water  that  is  just 
below  the  boiling  point  and  let  stand  from  3  to  5 
minutes.  When  broken,  the  white  will  be  jelly- 
like and  the  yolk  heated  through. 

POACTTF.D  EGGS 

Break  an  egg  into  a  pan  of  simmering  salt 
water,  deep  enough  to  cover  the  egg.  When  the 
white  is  firm,  remove  and  place  on  buttered  toast. 
Scalding  hot  milk  may  be  used  in  place  of  water. 

HARD-COOKED  OR  "  BOTTLED  "  EGGS 

Drop  an  egg  into  a  pan  of  water  just  below  the 
boiling  point,  turn  the  fire  very  low  and  cook  at 
the  same  temperature  40  minutes.     Remove  the 


EGGS  37 

eggs  and  yjlace  in  cold  water  for  a  few  seconds, 
then  take  tliem  out  of  the  cold  water,  put  aw^ay 
and  cool  before  taking  off  the  shell.  This  insures 
a  dry  mealy  yolk  and  a  firm  but  not  tough  white. 

GOLDEN-KOD    EGGS 

1  hard-cooked  egg  1/3  c.  white  sauce  "2  to  1  " 

Dice  egg  white  and  add  to  white  sauce.  Turn 
into  a  toasted  bun  cup.  Press  yolk  through  a 
ricer  and  pile  on  the  top.  A  slice  of  toast  may 
be  used  in  place  of  the  bun  cup. 

TOASTED    BT'N-CT'PS 

Cut  off  the  bottom  crust  of  small  buns  and 
partially  hollow  out.  Butter  the  inside  and  toast 
in  a  hot  oven.  They  are  very  nice  to  use  in  serv- 
ing creamed  meats. 

EGG  SANDWICHES 

( S  samlwiclies) 

2  hard-cooked  eggs  ^s  tsp.  salt 

^2  tsp.  celery  salt  ^  tsp.  paprika 

1  tbsp.  melted  butter  2  tbsp.  mayonnaise 

Rice  the  yolks,  add  cliopped  whites  and  blend 
with  it  the  other  ingredients.  Cut  bread  very 
thin,  brush  each  side  with  melted  butter,  spread 
on  a  layer  of  the  egg  mixture,  press  down  the 
other  slice  and  cut  in  triangular  slices. 

Approximate  cost,  8  cents. 


38  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

FOAMY  OMELET 

Beat  the  white  of  one  egg  stiff  and  dry.  Add  1 
tsp.  water  to  the  yolk  and  beat  until  lemon  colored. 
Fold  into  the  white,  add  %  tsp.  salt  and  turn  into 
a  well  greased  and  hot  omelet  pan.  When  brown 
on  the  under  side,  place  in  a  hot  oven  to  cook  the 
top.  Wlien  firm,  remove  from  the  oven,  slip  a 
spatula  under  the  side  nearest  the  handle  and 
fold.    Garnish  with  parsley. 

BREAD  OMELET 

Soak  1  tbsp.  small  pieces  of  bread  in  2  tbsp. 
milk.  Add  egg  yolk  and  white,  beaten  stiff'  and  dry. 
Cook  as  foamy  omelet. 

SCRAMBLED  EGGS 

1  egg  }4  tbsp.  milk 

y2  tsp.  butter  1/16  tsp.  salt. 

Melt  butter  in  pan  that  is  heated  over  hot  water. 
Mix  egg  thoroughly  with  milk  and  turn  into  the 
melted  butter.  Stir  continually  until  the  egg  is 
cooked  to  the  desired  consistency.  (If  cooked  at 
a  low  temperature  hard-cooked  eggs  are  digest- 
ible.) Add  salt  last  and  serve  on  toast  or  on  a 
warm  plate.    . 


CHAPTER  IV 

VEGETABLES 

Fresh  vegetables  are  composed  mainly  of  water, 
but  all  of  the  five  food  principles  may  be  obtained 
from  the  vegetable  kingdom.  Dry  vegetables,  as 
peas  and  beans,  contain  a  higher  percentage  of 
starch  and  protein  than  the  fresh  vegetables. 
All  vegetables  have  in  their  construction  a  woody 
fiber  called  cellulose.  In  cooking  vegetables  the 
main  object  to  attain  is  the  softening  of  this 
cellulose  so  that  it  may  be  more  easily  digested. 
Plants  that  grow  rapidly,  with  plenty  of  moisture 
and  sunshine,  have  little  of  this  when  very  young, 
but  more  when  old.  Radishes  and  asparagus  are 
good  examples. 

Vegetable  protein  occurs  as  legumen  and  gluten 
substances. 

Vegetables  are  rich  in  minerals,  especially  iron, 
potash  and  phosphate. 

Vegetable  protein  lies  near  the  outer  surface  of 
the  different  grains  and  vegetables. 

All  green  vegetables  contain  a  coloring  matter, 
chlorophyll,  which  develops  in  light  and  air. 
Chlorophyll  develops  best  in  the  presence  of  iron, 

39 


40  FOOL)  AND  CLOTHING 

and  is  essential  to  the  continued  growth  and  de- 
velopment of  all  green  plants.  If  green  plants  are 
covered  so  that  light  cannot  reach  them  a  change 
takes  place  in  the  chlorophyll  and  it  is  bleached 
out.  Celery,  lettuce,  endive,  and  other  salad  plants 
are  bleached  and  it  is  believed  that  in  the  bleach- 
ing, strong  flavors  are  diminished. 

Vegetable  foods  are  divided  into: 

Cereals,  which   include  all   grains,   as  corn,   wheat,  etc. 

Legumes,  as  peas,  beans,  lentils. 

Tubers,  as  potatoes. 

Roots,  as  turnips,  beets,  radishes. 

Bulbs,  as  onions,  garlic. 

Greens,  as  lettuce,  celery,  si)inacli. 

Fruit,  as  tomatoes.  i)umpkin,  cucuihIxm-.  melons. 

Flower,  as  caulitlower. 

Digestibility  of  vegetables.  Aside  from  the 
amount  of  tissue-building  material  they  contain, 
vegetables  aid  in  the  process  of  digestion  by  fur- 
nishing bulk,  or  substances  which  help  carry  the 
foods  along  the  digestive  tract.  Many  times  we 
should  eat  vegetables  wdiose  building  properties 
are  very  low,  simply  for  the  bulk  they  furnish. 
Cabbage  has  very  little  material  for  the  body,  yet 
it  is  recommended  by  dietitians  as  a  proper  food, 
occasionally,  for  well  people.  By  cooking,  the 
cellulose  is  softened  and  it  is  not  irritating  to  the 
digestive  organs. 


VEGETABLES  41 

Cooking  of  Vegetables 

The  preparation  of  vegetables  for  cooking  var- 
ies with  each  kind,  so  that  no  general  rules  can  be 
given  except  these: 

1.  Vegetables  u'ilf  because  some  of  the  water  in 
their  cells  has  evaporated ;  therefore  all  wilted 
vegetables  should  be  soaked  in  cold  water  before 
being  cooked. 

2.  Vegetables  have  decayed  places  on  them  be- 
cause bacteria  have  begun  their  work ;  all  decayed 
places  must  be  removed. 

3.  In  preparation  for  cooking,  vegetables  that 
form  heads,  as  cabbage,  cauliflower,  etc.,  should 
be  soaked,  heads  down,  in  cold  salt  water  to  which 
has  been  added  a  small  amount  of  vinegar.  If 
there  are  any  worms  in  these  vegetables  they  will 
crawl  out. 

To  secure  the  best  results  in  cooking  vegetables, 
all  except  the  dry  legumens,  should  be  put  in  boil- 
ing salt  water,  and  allowed  to  boil  until  tender. 
Green  peas  and  beans  should  simmer;  greens 
should  boil  gently,  or  be  steamed  so  as  not  to  break 
them.  A  little  soda  added  to  the  water  helps  dis- 
solve the  cellulose,  but  too  much  destroys  the 
flavor  and  its  use  is  not  recommended.  Briefly,  the 
changes  which  take  place  in  the  cooking  of  vege- 
tables are: 

Cellulose  tissues  are  softened  and  loosened. 


42  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Protein  substances  coagulate. 
Starch  grains  swell  and  burst. 
Flavors  and  odors  are  developed. 

The  Potato 

In  a  text  on  agriculture  read  the  chapter  on  the 
potato :  of  the  soil,  time  of  planting,  care,  market, 
etc.  From  a  geography  make  a  list  of  states  or 
sections  of  the  country  where  potatoes  grow  best. 

Examine  a  cross-section  of  a  potato  and  notice 
the  three  distinct  layers: 

1.  The  brown  outer  skin,  of  no  food  value. 

2.  A  broader  white  layer  mside  the  skin.  This 
contains  the  largest  amount  of  the  mineral  and 
protein. 

3.  The  flesh  of  the  potato  and  a  center  core 
with  decided  arms  extending  into  the  flesh.  These 
are  the  cells  holding  the  water  in  which  the  tiny 
starch  grains  float. 

Scrape  a  tablespoonful  of  the  potato  flesh  and 
place  it  in  a  thin  cloth.  Squeeze  it  until  you  can 
get  no  more  moisture  from  it.  In  the  cloth  you 
will  have  a  dry  fiber,  or  broken-down  cell  walls 
which  hold  the  starch  and  water.  After  the  water 
has  stood  a  few  minutes  you  will  find  a  white 
sediment.  This  is  starch.  By  this  time  the  water 
and  cellulose  has  turned  a  reddish  brown.  This 
change  of  color  in  many  fruits  as  well  as  in  pota- 


VEGETABLES  43 

toes  is  clue  to  the  action  of  tlie  oxygen  in  the  air 
upon  the  wet  minerals. 

The  potato  is  composed  of: 

Water         Starch          Cellulose         Minerals         Protein 

75  7o  18%'  4%  1%  2% 

1.  The  potato  belongs  to  what  class  of  foods'? 

2.  Why  do  we  get  more  food  value  from  the  j^otato 
that  is  cooked  with  the  jacket  on  than  from  one  that  has 
been  peeled? 

3      In  what  food  principle  are  potatoes  lacking'^ 

Effect  of  Heat 

Heat  causes  the  water  in  the  cells  to  expand  and 
change  to  steam.  As  it  expands  it  presses  hard 
against  the  cell  walls  and  they  are  broken  down 
and  the  starch  grains  are  freed.  They  also  expand 
and  change  in  color. 

This  is  the  reason  why  a  potato  which  has  been 
cooked  in  the  jacket  should  be  pierced  to  allow 
the  steam  to  escape,  otherwise  the  steam  will 
change  back  to  water  and  the  potato  will  be  soggy. 
For  the  same  reason  potatoes  should  always  be 
served  in  an  uncovered  dish. 

A  theory  of  long  standing,  that  potatoes  should 
be  plunged  into  boiling  water,  is  perhaps  not  a 
bad  one  to  follow,  but  tests  prove  that  peeled 
potatoes  lose  very  little  of  their  value  if  placed 
in  cold  water,  while  potatoes  cooked  in  their 
jackets  lose  none  at  all  in  that  way. 


44  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

BOILED  POTATOES 

1  potato  y^  tsp.  salt 

Boiling  water  to  cover. 

Wash,  pare  very  thinly,  remove  eyes,  and  rinse 
in  cold  water;  place  in  the  boiling  salt  water  and 
cook  very  slowly  until  it  can  be  easily  pierced 
with  a  tooth  pick.  Let  the  water  boil  very  gently, 
as  vigorous  boiling  wears  away  so  much  of  the 
potato.  Drain  off  the  water  and  shake  over  the 
fire  until  dry  and  ''snowy. "  Chopped  parsley 
sprinkled  over  just  before  serving  adds  to  the 
appearance  and  food  value. 

We  add  salt  to  the  water,  not  to  flavor  the  po- 
tato, but  to  increase  the  density;  that  is,  raise  the 
temperature  at  the  boiling  point,  as  the  thicker 
the  liquid,  the  higher  the  temperature  is  at  boiling 
point. 

At  certain  seasons  of  the  year  potatoes,  if 
cooked  by  this  method,  will  break  to  pieces  before 
they  are  done.  At  such  seasons  the  only  satis- 
factory way  is  to  steam  them.  The  price  of  a 
steamer  will  be  saved  many  times  by  the  saving 
of  the  potatoes. 

BOILED  POTATOES  IN  .JACKETS 

Wash,  clean,  and  cook  as  above.  These  may  be 
skinned  and  sent  to  the  table  hot  or  allowed  to 
cool,  then  skinned  and  cooked  as  German  saute 
or  hash  brown  potatoes. 


VEGETABLP]S  45 

Test  a  small  amount  of  the  potato  water  from 
each  recipe  with  iodine  and  observe  the  differ- 
ence in  the  amount  of  starch,  (Iodine  is  a  liquid 
which  turns  all  starchy  substances  blue.) 

Place  a  drop  of  iodine  on  a  cracker,  on  some 
sugar,  on  some  butter,  bread,  flour,  meat.  Note 
the  difference.    Which  contain  starch? 

BAKED    POTATOES 

Use  medium  sized  potatoes.  Scrub  thoroughly 
with  a  brush.  Oil  lightly,  place  on  the  grill  of  a 
hot  oven,  and  bake  until  they  can  be  easily  pierced, 
from  20  to  40  minutes.  Eoll  in  a  clean  napkin 
and  twist  until  the  skin  is  broken,  or  pierce  sev- 
eral times.     Serve  in  an  uncovcixd  dish. 

1.  Why  oil  the  skin? 

2.  Why  twist  and  break  the  skin  ? 

3.  Why  serve  potatoes  in  an  uncovered  dish? 

BAKED  POTATOES  ON  THE  HAl.F-SHELL 

Cut  otf  the  end  of  a  baked  potato,  scoop  out, 
and  season.  To  every  cup  of  the  potato,  add  i/4 
tsp.  salt,  dash  pepper,  V2  tsp.  butter  and  1  thsj). 
cream  (sweet  or  sour)  or  milk.  Beat  until  light 
and  creanw.  Refill  the  shell  loosely  and  heap 
above  the  shell.    Return  to  the  oven  to  brown. 

Grated  cheese  may  be  sprinkled  over  the  top 
before  returning  to  the  oven  to  brown. 

If  the  potatoes  are  allowed  to  cool  before  sea- 


46  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

soiling  and  refilling  the  shell,  the  beaten  white 
of  an  egg  folded  into  them  adds  much  to  the 
lightness  of  the  filling. 

1.  Why  add  butter  and  milk  to  the  potato? 

2.  What  combination  of  food  does  it  give  you? 

3.  Why  does  the  grated  cheese  sprinkled  on  the  top 
add  to  the  food  value  ? 

GERMAN   SAUTE 

(.Serve  6) 

3  e.  cold  boiled  finely  chopped  potatoes,  cooked  in  jackets. 

3  slices  bacDU,  sauted  crisp  and  cut  fine. 
Yz  c.  finely  chopped  onion.  1  tsp.  salt — dash  pepper. 

Mix  thoroughly  and  turn  into  skillet  where 
the  bacon  was  rendered.  Cover  and  cook  very 
slowly,  stirring  as  they  broAvn  on  underside,  so 
as  to  brown  evenly,  through  and  through.  Serve 
hot. 

Just  before  serving,  ^  c.  cream  may  be  turned 
over  the  potatoes,  the  lid  replaced  and  the  whole 
allowed  to  steam  for  a  few  seconds.  This  softens 
the  brown  crusts  and  adds  to  the  flavor. 

BOILED  CABBAGE 

After  cleaning  as  directed  in  ^'Prej^aration  and 
Cooking  of  Vegetables,"  cut  fine  and  put  in  a 
stew  pan  wdth  enough  boiling  water  to  cover. 
Cook  from  25  to  45  minutes,  depending  upon  the 
age  of  the  cabbage.  Drain  for  2  minutes  in  a 
colander,  season  with  salt,  pepper  and  butter. 


VEGETABLES  47 

If  cabbage  is  cooked  in  a  great  amount  of 
water  with  tlie  lid  off  the  odor  will  not  be  notice- 
able. To  1  c.  shredded  cabbage,  use  5  c.  of  water, 
and  as  the  water  evaporates  add  more. 

BOILED    CABBAGE    WITH    PORK 

■   Boil  the  pork  until  tender,  adding  the  cabbage 
as  directed  above,  and  serve  all  together. 

CREAMED  CABBAGE 

Boil  cabbage  as  directed.  Make  cream  sauce 
or  cheese  sauce  ''2  to  1."  Put  cabbage  in  baking 
dish,  turn  sauce  over  it,  sprinkle  with  buttered 
crumbs,  and  brown.     (See  "white  sauce.") 

CREAMED    CAULIFLOWER 

Use  only  the  flowers.  Soak  in  cold,  salt,  vinegar 
water  for  an  hour,  cook  as  ''Boiled  Cabbage"  and 
turn  over  all  a  cheese  sauce. 

SPINACH 

Pull  the  leaves  from  the  roots,  drop  in  a  pan  of 
water,  wash  well  in  two  waters,  shaking  each  leaf 
separately.  Throw  into  a  kettle,  with  only  the 
water  that  is  on  the  leaves,  and  cook  with  the  lid 
on  for  20  minutes  from  time  it  begins  to  steam. 
Pour  spinach  in  colander  and  drain  thoroughly. 
Place  in  a  dish,  add  salt,  pepper,  butter  and  hard- 


48  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

cooked  egg  cut  in  slices.     One  peck  of  spinach 
will  make  IV2  pts.  when  cooked. 

Mustard  greens  should  cook  from  one  to  three 
hours  very  slowly.  The  cellulose  in  these  greens 
is  very  hard  to  soften. 

BOILED   BEETS 

Wash  the  beets  well,  being  careful  not  to  break 
the  skin;  also  leave  about  2  inches  of  the  top  on. 
This  will  keep  in  the  red  coloring  matter.  Drop 
in  boiling  water.  Young  beets  will  cook  in  one 
hour,  but  old  beets  sometimes  require  as  long  as 
4  hours.  Put  in  cold  water,  slip  off  the  peeling 
and  prepare  as: 

1.  Buttered  beets,  by  dieing  and  adding  salt,  pepper 
and  plenty  of  butter,  then  reheating. 

2.  Pickled  beets,  by  -slicing  and  covering  with  half 
vinegar,  half  vvater,  and  allowing  to  stand  24  hours. 

ASPARAGrs 

Cut  off  the  lower,  woody  part  of  each  stem. 
Wash  well,  tie  in  a  bunch,  and  stand  in  a  pan 
with  the  tender  ends  up.  Fill  the  pan  with  enough 
boiling  water  to  cover  and  cook  until  tender,  about 
]5  minutes.  Drain,  season  with  salt,  pepper  and 
butter  or  make  a  ''3  to  1"  white  sauce  and  pour 
over.  This  is  often  served  on  toasted  points. 
After  the  cooked  asparagus  has  drained  and 
cooled,  several  sticks  may  be  arranged  on  a  let- 


VEGETABLES  49 

tuce   leaf,  with  French  dressing  or   mayonnaise 
over  it  and  served  as  a  salad. 

CANDIED  SWEET  POTATOES 

Skin  boiled  sweet  potatoes  and  cut  in  length- 
wise slices.  Place  in  an  earthen  dish,  put  lumps 
of  butter  on  each  slice  and  sprinkle  with  sugar. 
Bake  until  the  butter  and  sugar  has  candied  and 
the  potatoes  are  brown. 

SWEET  POTATO  PUFFS 

Cut  baked  potatoes  in  halves,  scrape  out  the 
inside,  season  with  salt,  pepper,  butter  and 
chopped  nuts,  refill  shells,  leaving  a  rough  surface, 
and  bi'own  in  a  liot  oven  before  serving. 

TOMATOES 

To  peel :  Put  ripe  tomatoes  in  a  dish,  pour  boil- 
ing water  over  them  and  let  stand  one  minute; 
pour  the  water  oif,  and  pour  on  cold  water;  turn 
this  off  immediately  and  cool.  The  thin  skin  will 
slip  off  readily,  and  the  tomato  will  retain  its 
shape. 

SCAIJ.OPED  TOMATOES 

(Servo   6) 

2  0.  peeled  tomatoes  1  tsp.  salt 

2  ('.  bread  chunks  1  tbsp.  butter 

Reserve  Y^.  c.  crumbs  for  the  top 


50  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Add  the  salt  and  bread  chunks  to  tomatoes. 
Put  in  baking  dish,  dice  butter  over  top,  add 
crumbs  and  brown  in  an  oven.  One  tbsp.  or  more 
of  diced  onions  may  be  added  if  desired. 

CREAMED  ONIONS 

Select  small  onions  of  uniform  size.  Remove 
roots  and  outside  skin.  Cook  until  tender  in 
enough  boiling  water  to  cover,  with  the  lid  off. 
Drain  and  pour  over,  for  each  onion,  2  tbsp.  white 
sauce  *'2  to  1"  and  serve. 

GREEN   CORN 

The  most  satisfactory  way  to  serve  green  corn 
is  on  the  cob.  Remove  the  husks  and  silks  and 
any  brown  places  on  the  cob  or  corn.  Drop  the 
ears  in  a  kettle  of  boiling  water,  and  boil  rapidly 
for  20  minutes.    Drain  before  serving. 

TURNIPS 

Wash,  peel  and  if  very  large,  quarter.  Cook 
until  tender  in  a  large  amount  of  water,  just  at 
the  boiling  point.  Drain,  and  season  with  salt, 
pepper  and  butter. 

Creamed  turnips:  mash  the  boiled  turnips  thor- 
oughly, add  salt,  pepper,  butter  and  cream. 

CREAMED    CARROTS 

Wash  and  scrape  the  carrots  thoroughly.    Dice 


VEGETABLES  51 

and  cook  until  tender  in  boiling  water.   Drain  and 
serve  with  a  white  sauce  "2  to  1." 

Many  people  are  not  fond  of  carrots,  but  they 
contain  a  high  percentage  of  mineral,  and  their 
cellulose  is  so  easily  softened  that  they  are  a  very 
desirable  food. 

CREAMED    STRING-BEANS 

%.  c.  golden  snap  beans  ]4,  <"■  white  sauce  "2  to  1" 

1  sHce  toasted  bread 

If  canned  beans  are  used,  add  to  the  white  sauce, 
and  cook  over  water  10  minutes.  Turn  onto  toast 
and  serve  hot. 

If  fresh  beans  are  used,  they  should  be  cooked 
in  boiling  water  until  tender,  then  measured. 

CREAMED  PEAS 

1  tbsp.  peas  2  tbsp.  white  sauce  "2  to  1  " 

1  slice  toast  or  1  patty  shell 

Cook  as  for  creamed  beans. 

Peas  and  beans  belong  to  a  family  of  vegetables 
known  as  the  pulse  family.  Dried,  they  are  very 
rich  in  nitrogen  and  their  principle  protein  is 
known  as  "legumen."  They  are,  therefore,  often 
called  legumens.  On  account  of  their  large 
amount  of  protein  they  are  sometimes  styled 
'^Poor  Man's  Beef."  They  are  also  very  rich  in 
carbohydrates,  but  are  poor  in  fats,  and  for  that 


52  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

reason  are  usually  served  with  fatty  foods. 
Served  with  a  cream  sauce  they  make  a  well-bal- 
anced food. 

Fresh  peas  and  beans  should  be  cooked  immedi- 
ately after  pickini^  as  they  loose  both  in  flavor 
and  value  by  evaporation.  When  'Afresh  w^ith 
the  dew  from  the  garden"  they  are  at  their  best. 

1.  What  names  are  given  to  vegetable  protein? 

2.  Name  some  minerals  that  are  fonnd  in  vegetables. 

3.  Give  three  reasons  for  a  strong  vegetable  diet. 

4.  What  do  we  mean  by  ' '  coarse  vegetables ' '  ? 

5.  Why  do  we  need  "coarse  vegetables"? 


CHAPTER  V 

SUGAR 

Sugar,  one  of  tlie  carbohydrates,  lias  its  source 
in  fruits,  cereals  and  vegetables,  as  well  as  in  milk. 
There  are  several  kinds  of  sugar : 

Sucrose,  cane  or  beet  sugar,  very  sweet. 

Lactose,  milk  sugar. 

Glucose,  made  from  corn  starch.  It  is  not  as 
sweet  as  cane  sugar  and  does  not  crystallize  read- 
ily, hence  its  value  in  making  some  candies. 

Dextrine,  a  sugar  which  is  produced  in  the 
process  of  digestion,  also,  by  applying  heat  to 
starch,  as  in  toasted  bread. 

Commercial  sugar  is  made  from  the  juice  of 
sugar  cane,  beet  roots,  and  maple  trees. 

Sugar  cane  is  a  tall  plant  of  the  grass  family 
resembling  corn,  cultivated  extensively  in  the 
South  for  use  in  making  syrup  and  sugar. 

Sugar  heel  is  a  large  white  variety  of  beet, 
from  the  juice  of  whicli  sugar  is  made.  It  is  cul- 
tivated extensively  in  Colorado,  New  Mexico, 
Michigan  and  California. 

Maple  sugar  is  made  from  the  juice  of  a  maple 
tree  which  grows  in  northeastern  United  States. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  granulated  sugar, — beet 

53 


54  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

and  cane.  Often  beet  sugar  has  a  blue  tinge  and 
cane  sugar  a  yellow  tinge,  though  when  both  are 
highly  refined  there  is  no  distinction  between 
them. 

In  cane  sugar  the  sweet  juice  which  is  obtained 
by  crushing  the  cane  between  large  rollers  is 
boiled  down  to  a  thick  syrup.  As  it  slowly  cools 
part  of  it  separates  into  crystals.  The  liquid  that 
will  not  crystallize  is  called  molasses.  After  drain- 
ing this  off  the  impure  product  called  raw  sugar 
(brown  sugar)  is  left.  This  is  mixed  with  water 
and  filtered  several  times  and  then  boiled  down  in 
covered  vessels  which  contain  no  air.  Granulated 
sugar  is  made  by  putting  the  syrup  into  revolving 
vessels,  the  centrifugal  force  forming  the  gran- 
ules. Other  kinds  of  granulated  sugar  are  block 
sugar  and  powdered  sugar. 

Block  or  cut  sugar  is  the  purest  kind  and  is 
made  by  running  the  syrup  into  molds  wdiere  it 
hardens.  AVhen  taken  from  the  molds  it  is  sawed 
into  blocks.  An  inferior  kind  of  square  loaf  sugar 
is  made  by  pressing  granulated  sugar  into  cubes. 

Powdered  sugar  is  made  by  pulverizing  the 
sugar  particles  left  from  sawing  the  block  sugar. 

Brown  sugar  is  the  unrefined  cane  sugar. 

Molasses  is  the  thick  brown  syrup  which  drains 
from  the  sugar  in  the  process  of  manufacture. 

Sugar  is  often  adulterated  by  adding  to  it  white 
sand,  lime  dust,  or  starch.     As  pure  sugar  dis- 


SUGAR  55 

solves  quickly  in  warm  water,  the  presence  of 
foreign  matter  may  be  readily  detected. 

The  digestion  of  sugar  requires  less  energy  on 
the  part  of  the  digestive  organs  than  any  other 
food,  on  account  of  its  solubility,  but  since 
the  body  can  care  for  only  so  small  an  amount  at 
a  time,  people  commonly  eat  too  much  and  a  great 
amount  ferments  and  causes  digestive  disturb- 
ances. 

Effect  of  heat  upon  sugar.  Heat  changes  sugar 
chemically  almost  as  soon  as  it  is  applied.  When 
sugar  is  melted  over  a  slow  fire,  it  has  been 
changed  to  barley  sugar;  when  barley  sugar  has 
begun  to  brown  we  have  caramel  sugar;  burned 
until  it  is  black  we  have  carbon.  In  each  sugar, 
some  of  the  sweetness  has  been  lost,  until,  if  you 
were  to  taste  the  carbon,  you  should  find  it  bitter. 
This  proves  to  us  that  when  cooking  fruits  or 
vegetables,  where  sugar  is  to  be  used,  it  must  be 
added  just  in  time  to  melt  it  as  the  longer  it  cooks 
the  greater  the  loss  of  the  sweet  taste. 

Sugar  as  a  food  is  both  wholesome  and  pleasant. 
It  is  also  one  of  the  best  and  cheapest  sources  of 
body  heat  and  energy.  Children,  who  are  natur- 
ally more  active  than  grown  people,  require  more 
sweets.  A  moderate  amount  of  candy  is  good  for 
children,  but  it  should  be  eaten  immediately  after 
meals,  otherwise  it  spoils  the  appetite  for  other 
foods. 


56  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Since  sugar,  in  any  form,  is  a  food,  and  candy 
is  the  most  attractive  form  of  sugar,  and  people, 
especially  children,  will  have  candy,  it  is  wisdom 
for  every  girl  to  learn  to  make  pure  simple  can- 
dies, and  make  them  often  in  the  home.  The 
''penny-candy"  habit  has  brought  more  harm  to 
children  than  any  other  source  of  temptation  set 
before  them.  Cheap  candies  are  often  full  of 
poisonous  colorings  and  flavorings  and  contain 
adulterations  that  stunt  the  growth  and  ruin  the 
health  of  thousands  of  their  users. 

Candy  ]\Iaking 

The  different  stages  oi  sugar  cookery  m  candy 
making  are,  soft  ball,  hard  ball,  crack,  and  hard 
crack. 

The  sugar  and  Avater  boiled  together  reaches  the 
''soft  ball"  stage  when  a  portion  dropped  into 
cold  water  can  be  gathered  up  into  a  soft  ball. 

The  "hard  ball"  stage  is  reached  when  the  por- 
tion tested  forms  a  firm,  compact  ball. 

At  the  "crack"  degree,  the  portion  tested  be- 
comes slightly  brittle  and  can  no  longer  be  molded 
into  a  ball. 

The  ' '  hard  crack ' '  is  the  stage  at  which  the  por- 
tion tested  becomes  hard  and  brittle. 

After  the  hard  stage  is  passed,  the  syrup  gradu- 
ally changes  color,  becoming  first  light  yellow, 


SUGAR  57 

then  brown  and  finally  a  deep  red.  These  repre- 
sent the  different  stages  of  carmelization. 

At  the  last  stage  the  sugar  has  lost  its  sweet 
taste  and  is  used  for  coloring  soups  and  gravies. 

At  the  intermediate  stage  it  is  used  for  flavor- 
ing ice  creams  and  custards. 

These  different  stages  may  be  easily  determined 
by  the  use  of  a  thermometer,  which  is  the  most 
accurate  way  of  testing. 

In  most  candies  the  object  is  to  prevent  the 
recrystallization  of  the  sugar,  or  to  insure  its 
formation  in  minute  crystals,  that  the  candy  may 
be  creamy.  This  may  be  brought  about  by  invert- 
ing a  portion  of  the  sugar:  first,  by  long  boiling, 
with  the  addition  of  at  least  half  as  mucli  liquid 
as  sugar,  or  by  the  addition  of  an  acid  as  vinegar, 
lemon  juice,  or  cream  of  tartar  (an  acid  salt); 
second,  by  melting  the  sugar  at  a  high  tempera- 
ture with  no  addition  of  liquid. 

PEANUT   BRITTLE 

1  c.  sugar  1  c.  shelled  peanuts 

Put  the  peanuts  on  a  buttered  tin  plate.  Heat 
the  sugar  slowly  until  it  is  a  brown  color  (cara- 
mel). Pour  over  the  peanuts.  Even  the  thickness 
in  the  pan  by  tilting. 

Weigh  the  candy,  note  the  cost  and  compare 
with  the  selling  price.  Do  not  attempt  to  make 
more  than  one  pound  of  this  at  a  time,  as  in  melt- 


58  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

ing  large  amounts  of  sugar  some  will  burn  before 
the  rest  can  melt. 

NUT    TAFFY 

2  c.  sugar  1  tsp.  viuegar 

1  c.  water  1  tsp.  butter 

Yi  c.  chopped  nuts 

Cook  sugar  and  water  together  until  sugar  is 
dissolved.  Add  the  butter  and  vinegar  and  cook 
to  the  hard  ball  stage.  Pour  into  buttered  pans 
on  which  the  nuts  have  been  spread.  When  cool 
enough  to  handle,  pull  until  white  and  hard. 
Twist  into  ropes  ^2  inch  in  diameter  and  when 
cold  break  into  small  pieces. 

COCOANUT  CREAM   CANDY 

V/z  c.  sugar  1  tbsp.  butter 

Ya,  e.  milk  Y^  c.  coeoanut 

Y2   tsp.  vanilla 

Stir  sugar  in  milk,  add  butter  and  heat  gradu- 
ally until  the  butter  is  melted.  Cook  to  soft  ball 
stage.  Remove  from  fire,  beat  in  coeoanut  and 
vanilla,  and  beat  until  mixture  is  creamy  and  be- 
gins to  sugar  around  the  edge.  Turn  at  once  into 
a  buttered  plate  and  score. 

CHOCOLATE    NUT   FUDGE 

2  c.  sweet  milk  2  tbsp.  butter 

1  tsp.  vanilla  2  c.  sugar 

V2  e.  chopped  nuts  2  sections  chocolate, 

of  the  Y2.  lb.  cakes 


SUGAR  59 

Melt  chocolate  over  hot  water,  acid  milk  and 
let  it  come  to  the  boiling  point.  Cream  butter  and 
sugar,  add  to  hot  milk  and  chocolate.  Cook  until 
soft  ball  stage  is  reached.  Remove  from  fire  and 
beat  in  the  nuts.  Add  vanilla  and  beat  until 
creamy.    Pour  into  pans  and  score. 

A  slight  acid  in  the  chocolate  will  sometimes 
curdle  the  milk,  but  this  does  not  interfere  witli 
the  creaminess  of  the  fudge. 

1.  Why  add  the  vanilla  last? 

2.  Why  beat  the  fudge? 

3.  Has  fudge  a  food  value? 

FONDANT 

3/2  c.  sugar  ^  c.  water 

ys  tsp.  cream  of  tartar 

Add  sugar  to  water  and  stir  until  the  sugar  has 
dissolved.  Place  over  a  slow  fire  and,  when  it 
begins  to  boil,  shake  in  the  cream  of  tartar.  With 
a  wet  cloth  wrapped  around  the  tines  of  a  fork, 
keep  the  sides  of  pan  washed  clean  from  sugar 
grains  that  accumulate  as  the  syrup  boils.  When 
a  drop  of  the  syrup,  in  cold  w^ater,  may  be  gath- 
ered up  and  brought  to  the  top,  it  has  cooked  suffi- 
ciently. Pour  into  a  vessel,  and  when  cold,  beat 
until  creamy.  Then  knead  like  bread  for  a  few 
minutes,  put  in  a  jar,  cover  and  let  stand  until 
ready  for  use.  It  is  better  if  allowed  to  stand  a 
few  days  before  using. 

Do  not  stir  fondant  after  it  begins  to  cook.   Do 


60  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

not  scrape  it  from  the  pan;  use  only  what  will 
pour.  When  testing  fondant  or  any  candy  always 
remove  from  the  fire  and  wait  until  boiling  ceases. 
Sometimes  the  few  seconds  between  the  test  and 
the  time  for  removing  from  the  fire,  it  will  have 
cooked  too  much  if  it  was  just  right  at  the  time 
the  test  was  taken. 

If  fondant  has  been  cooked  too  long  and  it  turns 
to  a  hard  sugar,  equal  parts  of  water  may  be 
added  and  it  may  be  cooked  again  with  good 
results. 

When  cooking  larger  amounts  of  sugar  for 
candy,  as  2  cups,  one-half  the  amount  of  water 
may  be  used,  but  in  small  amounts,  as  y^  c.  of 
sugar,  equal  parts  of  water  must  be  used,  as  the 
evaporation  is  relatively  greater. 

CANDIED  ORANGE  PEEL 

Cut  the  rind  of  six  oranges  into  fine  strips. 
Throw  into  2  qts.  of  boiling  salt  water  and  cook 
imtil  tender,  changing  the  water  three  times. 
Drain  and  dry.  Make  syrup  of  2  c.  sugar,  1/2  c. 
water,  and  when  it  has  reached  the  crack  stage 
put  in  the  peel  and  cook  again  for  2  or  3  min- 
utes. Turn  on  paper,  sprinkle  with  enough  sugar 
to  keep  the  strips  from  sticking  together. 

MARSHMALLOWS 

1  e.  sugar  1  egg  white 

y2  c.  water  1  tsp.  gelatine 


SUGAR  61 

Soak  gelatine  in  2  tsp.  cold  water.  Cook  sugar 
and  water  until  it  spins  a  long  thread.  Add  gel- 
atine to  hot  syrup  and,  when  well  dissolved,  pour 
slowly  over  the  stiffly  beaten  egg  white,  stirring 
continually.  Beat  until  stiff.  Pour  in  a  shallow 
pan,  cover  with  powdered  sugar,  and  let  stand 
until  firm  and  cut  into  small  cubes. 


CHAPTER  VI 

MEATS 

The  food  value  of  meat  depends  upon  the  pres- 
ence of  two  classes  of  nutriment;  namely,  protein 
and  fat,  which  build  muscular  tissue  and  yield 
heat  and  energy. 

Compared,  with  other  protein  foods,  meat  is 
very  expensive,  and  in  many  cases  it  is  slow  to 
digest.  Bacteria  develops  so  rapidly  in  meat  that, 
unless  the  digestive  organs  are  rapid  or  entirely 
normal  in  their  work,  substances  will  be  absorbed 
and  thrown  into  the  circulation  which  will  cause 
general  disorder. 

The  classifications  are: 

31  eat:    Beef,  pork,  lamb,  mutton,  veal. 
Fish:     Red  fish,  white  fish,  oysters,  elams,  shrimps,  etc. 
Poultry:     Chicken,  capon,  turkey,  duck,  goose. 
Game:    Rabbit,   pigeon,  squab,   quail,   squirrel,   wikl 
duck,  wild  turkey. 

Beef 

The  fat  consists  of  tiny  sacks  or  cells  filled  with 
oil.  In  the  young,  well-fed  beef  it  is  firm  and  of  a 
light  yellow  color ;  in  old  beef  it  is  soft,  flabby  and 
of  a  dark  yellow  or  straw  color. 

62 


MEATS  63 

The  muscular  tissue,  or  lean  meat,  consists  of 
bundles  of  muscular  fibers  or  tubes  held  together 
by  means  of  a  connective  tissue,  which  in  the 
young  beef  is  soft  and  jelly-like,  while  in  the  old 
beef  it  is  firm  and  elastic.  The  bundles  may  be 
seen  very  plainly  by  examining  a  piece  of  round 
steak  or  the  cross  cut  of  a  section  of  a  rump  roast. 
In  each  of  the  different  muscles,  these  Inmdles  are 
placed  one  way ;  and  for  this  reason  a  person  who 
carves  should  cut  across  the  grain  of  bundles  of 
each  muscle  even  though  he  has  to  change  the 
direction  of  his  knife  several  times.  These 
bundles  of  muscles  tied  together  with  this  connec- 
tive tissue  may  be  compared  to  a  bundle  of  wheat 
wrapped  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  with  the 
twine.  It  is  easy,  from  this  comparison,  to  see 
how  carving  a  cross-section  would  give  an  alto- 
gether different  result  tlian  cutting  lengthwise  of 
the  fiber. 

A  fresh  cut  of  beef  should  be  bright  red  in  color, 
but  as  it  is  exposed  to  the  air  it  turns  a  dark  color. 
One  of  the  best  tests  for  fresh  meat  is  the  odor. 
Do  not  accept  a  cut  of  meat  that  has  the  least 
trace  of  an  offensive  odor. 

Meats  are  cooked  for  four  reasons: 

To  loosen  and  soften  the  connective  tissues. 

To  kill  parasites  and  organisms. 

To  coagulate  the  protein  substances. 

To  render  it  more  acceptable  to  the  sight  and  to 
develop  the  flavor. 


64  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

In  tougli  cuts,  and  by  those  we  mean  the  muscu- 
lar parts  most  used  by  the  animal,  the  percentage 
of  nutrition  is  greater  but  it  also  requires  greater 
etfort  on  the  part  of  the  digestive  organs  to  pre- 
pare it  for  use,  unless  the  method  of  cooking  lends 
aid. 

Strong  heat  hardens  and  contracts  proteins, 
while  slow  heat  coagulates  them.  From  this  w^e 
have  two  rules  for  cooking  the  tough  cuts  of 
meat : 

First,  if  the  flavor  and  nutrition  is  desired  in 
the  meat,  strong  heat  must  first  be  applied  to 
harden  the  protein  substances  on  the  outside  so 
as  to  keep  the  juices  in,  then  it  should  be  reduced 
to  a  temperature  below  the  boiling  point  for  the 
remainder  of  the  cooking. 

Second,  if  the  flavor  and  nutrition  is  to  be 
taken  from  the  meat,  as  for  soups  and  sauces  or 
gravy,  it  should  be  placed  in  cold  water  and  the 
temperature  increased  very  slowly  until  it  is  sim- 
mering. 

The  fireless  cooker  method  is  the  most  success- 
ful way  of  cooking  tough  cuts  of  meat. 

"Ways  of  Cooking  Beef 

Soups:     Hind  shank,  fore  shank,  neck. 
Stews:     Chuck,  shoulder,  brisket,  flank,  ribs. 
Boasts:    Prime  ribs,  third,  fourth,  fifth,  etc. 
Pot  roasts:    Rump,  top  shoulder. 
Steals:    Loin,  top  round,  chuck,  flank. 


MEATS  65 

1.  Give  two  reasons  why  meat  is  an  expensive  protein 
food. 

2.  Make  a  comparison  between  the  fatty  tissues  and 
the  lean  tissues  of  meat. 

3.  What  proof  have  we  that  tough  meats  should  be 
cooked  at  a  low  temperature? 

4.  Why  are  some  pieces  of  meat  termed  ' '  tough ' '  and 
some  "tender"? 

5.  Why  will  carving  a  piece  of  meat  cross-grain  make 
it  seem  tender  ? 

6.  Why  is  the  tireless  cooker  a  successful  method  of 
cooking  tough  cuts  of  meat? 

ROLLED  FLANK  STEAK 
(Mock  Duck) 

Wipe  a  flank  steak  and  chop  it  each  way.  Salt, 
pepper  and  spread  with  rendered  suet.  Spread 
over  this  a  layer  of  dressing  about  1  inch  thick. 
Roll,  skeAver  and  tie.  Weigh  and  place  in  a  hot 
baking  pan,  which  has  a  small  amount  of  fat  in 
it,  and  bake  in  a  moderate  oven,  20  minutes  per 
pound.  Several  times  during  cooking  baste  with 
extra  fat.  Remove  all  fastenings,  slice  through 
meat  and  dressing  and  serve  with  brown  gravy. 

DRESSING 

1  e.  bread  chunks  2  tbsp.  chopped  onion 

54  tsp.  sage  Yi  tsp.  salt 

Moisten  all  with  waten  or  tomato  juice.  Handle 
very  lightly  as  the  crumbs  are  likely  to  become 
packed  and  the  dressing  will  be  heavy. 


66 


FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

BROWN  GRAVY 


To  every  tbsp.  of  fat  in  the  baking  dish 
add  1  tbsp.  of  flour.  Blend  well  and  brown 
slightly,  scraping  loose  all  browned  particles 
in  the  pan.  Add  water  slowly  until  it  is  as  thick  as 
'*3  to  1"  white  sauce.  Add  salt  and  pepper  if 
necessary. 


1 

\ 

\\ 

/ 

z 

1 

' 

iO 

12 

1.  Keck.             V^ 

— — 1 

\ 

-^ 

^ 

8.  Chuck.               V 

i 

3.  Ribs.                    \ 

4.  Shoulder  cled,       ' 

^I 

4. 

7 

^  S  y. 

//  / 

13  1 

6.  Fore  shank. 

v>N 

L_ 

^__^„...'^ 

^ 

>w 

6.  Brisket. 

w 

^ 

^ 

^/v 

-wi 

7.  Cross  ribs. 

^ 

st 

r^ 

-^^      > 

8.  Plate. 

\ 

wol 

9.  Navel. 

\ 

s  A 

10.  Loin. 

\  , 

/  1 

n.  Flank. 

..*! 

m 

'  ^  */ 

uk 

^Mf/.^ 

12.  Rump. 

13.  Round. 

M. 

m 

'\i'-'i(.L 

Mi^i 

14.  Second  cut  round. 

15.  Hind  shank. 

Diagram  of  Cuts  of  Beef 

1 .  Locate  en  diagram  a  tiaiik  steak. 

2.  AVhy  do  the  fibers  of  muscles  all  run  one  way? 

3.  Why  should  we  add  fat  to  the  flank  steak! 

4.  Name  other  foods  tliat  may  be  served  with  it. 


MEATS  67 

IIAMBCIRG    STEAK 
(Servo  6) 

1   c.   ground  steak    (imeooked)      dash  pepper 
y2  tsp.  salt  1  egg 

1  tsp.  chopped  onion,  or  6  drops  onion  juice  if  preferred 

Mix  thoroughly.  Mold  into  small  flat  cakes  and 
saute  in  hot  drippings  until  thoroughly  browned 
and  cooked. 

The  round  is  cut  from  the  leg  of  the  hind 
quarter  and  is  easily  recognized  by  the  round 
bone,  near  the  center  of  the  entire  cut.  It  is  one 
of  the  most  nutritious  cuts  of  the  beef  and  is  used 
for  beef  teas  and  juices. 

1.  Why  do  we  mix  the  egg  with  the  ground  beef? 

2.  When  eggs  are  expensive,  what  may  be  substi- 
tuted ? 

FRICASSEED   STEAK 
(Serve  4) 

Use  %  lb.  cut  of  round  steak  I/2  in-  tbick.  Salt, 
pepper  and  dredge  with  flour.  Saute  in  a  saute 
pan  with  enough  fat  to  brown  the  meat  well  on 
both  sides.  When  well  browned  turn  in  enough 
water  to  cover.  Befill  as  often  as  necessary  and 
let  simmer  one  hour,  or  until  tender.  A  bay  leaf 
added  to  the  water  will  improve  the  flavor. 

1.  Why  cook  so  long? 

2.  Why  use  round  steak? 

3.  What  is  the  price  per  pound? 


68 


FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 


Chuck  Steak 
(from  Shoulder) 


Rib  Roast 


Tip  of  Sirloin 


Porterliimse  Steak 
a.  Sirloin     b.  Tenderloin 


Round  Steak 


Flat-bone  Sirloin 


PLATE  I 


MEATS  By 

CREAMED  DRIED  HEEP 
(Serve  8) 

Yi  lb.  chipped  beef  (sliredded)  4  tbsp.  flour 

2  c.  milk  4  tbsp.  butter 

If  beef  is  very  salt,  soak  in  boiling  water  for  5 
minutes.  When  butter  is  hot  in  saute  pan  turn 
in  the  beef  and  cook  until  brown.  Sift  the  flour 
over  gradually,  stirring  continually.  When  well 
blended  add  the  milk  and  cook  for  3  minutes. 

Instead  of  adding  the  milk,  ^4  c.  grated  cheese 
and  three  eggs  may  be  added  and  all  stirred  until 
the  cheese  is  melted  and  the  eggs  well  scrambled- 
This  last  makes  a  very  palatable  luncheon  disli. 

BOILED  BRISKET 

(Servi'  4) 

Cut  1  lb.  of  brisket  into  small  pieces  after  wip- 
ing thoroughly  with  a  damp  cloth.  Drop  into  boil- 
ing water,  then  reduce  the  temperature  to  sim- 
mering and  cook  until  tender,  about  2  hours.  Add 
salt,  from  1  to  2  tsp.,  depending  upon  the  brand 
of  salt. 

Brisket  is  the  cut  along  the  end  of  the  ribs.  The 
cartilage  on  the  ends  of  the  bones,  is  an  indication 
of  a  good  cut.  The  li(iuor  from  this  meat  is  ex- 
cellent for  cooking  dumplings  or  potatoes. 

BEEF    STEW 

(Serve  8) 

Use  2  lbs.  of  neck  meat,  brisket,  or  shoulder. 


70  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Cut  in  small  pieces  and  place  in  cold  water  and 
bring  to  tlie  simmering  point.  At  the  end  of  one 
hour  add  2  tsp.  salt,  1  onion  cut  into  small  pieces, 
4  turnips  quartered,  4  carrots  halved,  and  20 
minutes  before  the  dish  is  to  be  served,  add  4 
potatoes  halved,  which  have  first  been  cooked  in 
boiling  salt  water  10  minutes.  If  dumplings  are 
to  be  served  with  this,  follow  recipe  in  chapter  on 
''Flour."  Turnips  should  be  pared,  carrots 
scraped  and  potatoes  peeled  very  thinly  before 
being  added  to  the  stew. 

POT  ROAST 
(Serve  8) 

Place  4  lbs.  of  rump  meat  in  a  large  iron  kettle 
with  a  piece  of  suet  the  size  of  a  cup.  Pour  over 
enough  boiling  water  to  cover.  Simmer  with  the 
lid  off  until  the  water  has  evaporated,  add  3  tsp. 
salt,  then  turn  and  brow^n  each  side  of  the  meat 
in  the  hot  fat.  Remove  and  add  to  the  fat  V^  c. 
flour,  mix  thoroughly,  scraping  all  of  the  brown 
particles  from  the  sides  and  bottom  of  the  kettle*^ 
Pour  in  cold  water  enough  to  make  a  brown  sauce 
of  *'2  to  1"  consistency. 

Veal 

Veal  is  the  flesh  of  a  calf.  In  some  states  the 
law  requires  that  calves  must  be  six  weeks  old 
before  they  may  be  killed  for  veal.     Since  it  is 


MEATS  71 

immature  flesh  it  is  much  less  nutritious  than  beef, 
but  easier  to  digest.  The  bundles  of  fibers  are 
softer  and  the  connective  tissue  very  easy  to  dis- 
solve. Being  very  poor  in  fats  it  is  usually  cooked 
with  bacon  or  other  fat  meats. 

Sweetbreads  are  the  thymus  or  ''throat 
glands"  and  the  pancreas  or  ''stomach  glands" 
of  the  calf  and  are  at  their  best  while  the  calf  is 
still  living  upon  milk.  They  are  decidedly  a  pro- 
tein food  and  one  of  the  easiest  to  digest. 

TO   PREPARE   SWEETBREADS 

Soak  in  salt  water  1  hour.  Throw  into  simmer- 
ing water  and  cook  at  that  temperature  from  1 
to  2  hours  or  until  the  connective  tissue  may  be 
loosened  from  the  glands.  Cut  in  small  pieces 
and  serve  with  a  cream  sauce  or  use  as  equal  part 
with  peas  or  mushrooms,  creamed. 

Pork 

Pork  is  the  flesh  of  the  hog.  It  is  very  rich  in 
fats  and  contains  a  medium  amount  of  protein. 
Tlie  indigestibility  of  pork,  for  so  many  people, 
is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  fat  is  so  thoroughly 
distributed  throughout  the  muscular  fibers  as  well 
as  around  the  muscles,  also  that  these  fibers  are 
very  compact.  It  is  stated  that  it  requires  one 
hour  longer  to  digest  pork  than  beef. 

Acid  fruits  or  vegetables   are  usually  served 


72  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

with  pork,  so  the  acid  may  aid  the  stomach  in 
eiimlsifying  the  fats;  thus  the  combination  of 
''roast  pork  and  apple  sauce." 

In  a  bottle  put  1  tbsp,  oil,  1  tsp.  vinegar  and 
shake  well.  The  tiny  particles  into  which  the  oil 
has  been  divided  is  called  an  emulsitication  and  is 
one  step  in  digestion. 

The  fats  in  cured  bacon  and  ham  are  partially 
broken  down  and  are  more  easily  digested.  For 
this  reason  crisp  bacon  is  often  given  to  children 
or  people  who  can  not  digest  other  fatty  food. 

The  cooking-  of  pork  should  be  thorough  and 
very  slow.  In  no  instance  should  pork  be  broiled. 
Its  compactness  and  its  likelihood  of  containing 
disease  germs,  makes  of  it  a  dangerous  food  which 
can  only  be  rendered  safe  by  the  slow  and  pro- 
longed application  of  heat. 

PORK  CHOP   WITH  DRESSING 

Make  dressing  as  for  mock  duck,  using  the 
tomato  juice.  Pile  the  dressing  in  a  loose  mound 
on  the  chop  and  bake  in  a  moderate  oven  30  min- 
utes. Make  brown  gravy  as  given  in  mock  duck 
recipe. 

Dressing  adds  the  much  needed  starches  to  the 
meats  and  is  also  a  good  way  to  use  dry  bread. 

The  chop  is  cut  from  the  small  ribs  and  is  very 
tender.    It  sells  for  from  15  to  22  cents  per  pound. 

Note:     Read  the  papfe  in  Physiolo<r\'  which  tells  of  trichinae. 


MEATS  73 


1.  Why  do  we  need  an  acid  with  pork? 

2.  How  does  it  aid  digestion? 

IIA.M    SANDWICHES 

1  tbsp.  ground  boiled  ham  1  tbsp.  dressing 

y2  tsp.  minced  onion 

Mix  ham,  onion  and  dressing.  Cut  white  bread 
very  thin,  spread  ham  upon  one  slice.  Press  the 
other  down  over  it  and  trim  in  any  shape  de- 
sired. 

Bread  from  one  to  two  days  old  makes  the  best 
sandwiches. 

To  make  good  sandwiches  have  a  sharp  knife  to 
cut  thin,  even  slices,  add  filling  as  thick  as  one 
slice  of  bread. 

SANDWICH  DRESSING 

1  egg  yolk  1  tsp.  sugar 

^  tsp.  mustard  dash  salt  and  pepper 

2  tbsp.  strong  vinegar  or  lemon  juice 

Mix  well  and  then  beat  into  it  l^/^  c.  salad  oil, 
streaming  the  oil  into  the  eggs  while  beating.  If 
properly  made  the  dressing  will  be  as  stiff  as 
beaten  ^%^  white.  More  acid  may  be  added  if 
liked. 

1.  Why  do  we  not  butter  the  bread  for  sandwiches? 

2.  Figure  the  cost  of  1  dozen  sandwiches. 

3.  Name  the  food  principles  we  have  in  a  ham 
sandwich. 


74  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

SAUTE   LIVER   AND   BACON 

Cut  strips  of  veal  liver  1  incli  thick,  and  1^2 
inches  wide.  Wash  in  weak  vinegar  water,  dry, 
salt  and  roll  in  flour.  Saute  strips  of  bacon  until 
crisp.  Saute  liver  in  bacon  grease,  cooking  very 
slowly  until  browned  on  both  sides  and  well  done. 

To  saute  bacon,  have  a  very  low  fire  and  turn 
the  bacon  often,  so  the  rendering  will  be  even 
and  the  crispness  thorough. 

Liver  is  hard  to  digest  owing  to  its  compact- 
ness and  rich  composition.  It  is  rich  in  protein 
but  lacking  in  fats,  therefore  the  reason  for  serv- 
ing it  with  bacon.  When  buying  liver,  accept  only 
that  from  a  veal  or  young  pork  which  has  had  in- 
spection. 

TO   COOK   SMOKED    HAMS 

Hams  should  be  steamed,  simmered  or  baked 
to  obtain  the  best  results.  If  baked,  a  cloth  cov- 
ered with  a  thick  layer  of  dough  tucked  around 
the  meat  in  the  pan,  will  keep  the  flavor  of  the 
meat  within  and  will  aid  much  in  the  cooking  by 
holding  the  steam.  The  general  rule  is :  Cook  at 
a  low  temperature. 

Mutton 

Mutton  is  the  meat  of  sheep.  It  is  compact,  but 
its  muscular  fibers  are  shorter  and  its  connective 
tissues  less  elastic,  therefore  it  is  more  easily 


MEATS  75 

digested  tlian  beef.  Tlie  fat  of  mutton  is  very 
hard,  owing  to  the  great  amount  of  substance 
called  stearin  which  it  contains.  Since  stronger 
heat  is  required  to  melt  it  than  for  other  fats, 
mutton  fat  is  hard  to  digest.  The  different  cuts 
of  mutton  are  cooked  as  the  different  beef  cuts, 
but  owing  to  its  strong  flavor,  mint  sauce  is  usu- 
ally served  with  the  roasts. 

Lamb  is  the  immature  meat  of  sheep  and,  since 
it  contains  more  fat,  is  less  digestible,  but  when 
properly  cooked  has,  for  some,  a  very  fine  flavor. 
Since  it  is  lacking  in  protein  but  rich  in  fats,  it 
is  usually  served  with  a  protein  vegetable  such 
as  peas. 

Fish 

The  word  fish  as  ordinarily  used,  means  any 
water  animal,  as  oysters,  cod,  salmon,  etc.  Fish 
is  classified  as : 

White  fish,  whose  oil  or  fat  is  stored  in  the  liver 
and  not  through  the  flesh ;  as  white  fish,  cod,  perch, 
red  snapper,  etc. 

Red  fish,  whose  oil  or  fat  is  distributed  through 
and  around  the  flesh;  as  salmon,  trout,  herring, 
etc. 

Shell  fish,  whose  bodies  have  a  hard  shell-like 
covering  to  protect  the  soft  flesh;  as  oysters,  lob- 
sters, shrimps,  crabs,  etc. 

The  meat  of  the  white  fish  is  more  easily  di- 


76  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

gested  than  that  of  the  red  fish  and  should  there- 
fore be  selected  as  a  food  by  people  of  weak  diges- 
tion or  by  invalids. 

As  a  food,  the  three  are  generally  composed  of : 

Water  Protein  Fat  ^linerals 

White  Fish  85%  12>4  7o  >^%         2% 

Red  Fish  64%  20     %  14%         2% 

Shell  Fish  84%  12     %  3%         1%, 

The  connective  tissue  is  a  substance  which  soft- 
ens very  easily,  and  the  meat  fibers  are  very  short, 
so  that  the  cooking  of  fish  should  be  at  a  moderate 
temperature  and  for  a  short  time. 

When  selecting  fish  that  has  been  shipped  care 
must  be  taken  that  the  eyes  are  full,  the  gills 
red  and  fiesh  firm. 

BAKED   WHITE  FISH — FRESH   POTATO  BALLS 

Use  a  fish  that  weighs  from  2^/2  to  4  lbs.  Clean 
and  wipe  fish  with  damp  cloth.  Rub  the  inside 
with  salt,  brush  outside  with  melted  butter, 
sprinkle  with  salt  and  pepper,  dredge  with  flour, 
tie  and  bake  in  a  dripping  pan  or  skillet  in  mod- 
erate oven  until  flesh  is  firm  and  separates  easily 
from  the  bone.  Baste  during  baking  with  melted 
butter  and  hot  water.  When  brown  slip  onto  a 
hot  platter,  garnish  with  parsley  and  thin  slices 
of  lemon.  This  should  bake  from  30  to  45  min- 
utes. 


MEATS  77 

POTATO  BALLS 


Cut  small  potato  balls  from  raw  potatoes  and 
fry  ill  deep  fat  until  well  browned  and  tender. 
Salt  and  pile  on  platter  around  fish. 

CREAMED   CODFISH 
(Serve  2) 

1/3  c.  white  sauce  "  2  to  1 "  1/4  egg 

1   tbsp.   shredded  codfish  dash  nutmeg 

1/4  tsp.  lemon  juice  1  tbsp.  buttered  crumbs 

Mix  white  sauce  and  codfish  in  baking  dish.  Stir 
in  beaten  egg.  Add  lemon  juice,  nutmeg  and 
crumbs  to  the  top.  Bake  20  minutes  in  moderate 
oven. 

The  codfish  is  a  large  white  fish  of  the  north- 
eastern Atlantic.  Those  caught  on  the  New  Eng- 
land coast  are  eaten  extensively  by  the  people  of 
that  locality.  Large  canneries  are  located  there 
which  ship  our  fish  to  us. 

SALMON  CROQUETTES 

(4  croquettes) 

yi  c.  shredded  red  sahnoii         dash  salt 

j4  c.  white  sauce  "4  to  1"         6  drops  lemon  juice 

Mix  lemon  juice  and  salt  with  the  salmon  and 
add  to  the  Avhite  sauce.  Cool.  A\  hen  cold  mold 
into  small  cylinders,  roll  in  crumbs,  in  beaten  egg, 
in  crumbs  again  and  let  stand  until  the  egg  has 
dried.     Drop  in  deep  fat  and  cook  until  a  golden 


78  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

brown.  Drain  on  cloth  or  soft  paper  and  serve 
garnished  with  parsley. 

To  test  hot  fat.  When  a  crumb  of  bread  will 
brown  in  40  counts  the  fat  is  hot  enough. 

In  preparing  the  eggs  for  croquettes,  add  3  tbsp. 
of  water  for  each  good  sized  egg  and  beat  all  to- 
gether until  well  mixed.  One  egg  will  roll  from 
8  to  10  croquettes,  depending  upon  the  size. 

The  salmon  is  a  red-fleshed  fish.  The  most  ex- 
tensive fisheries  of  this  country  are  on  the  north- 
western coast  and  especially  in  the  Columbia  river. 
The  older  fishes  live  in  the  sea,  but  ascend  some 
large  fresh  water  river  which  empties  into  the 
ocean  to  deposit  their  eggs  in  the  fresh  water. 
The  young  fish  sometimes  stay  in  the  fresh  water 
two  years. 

In  buying  salmon,  always  select  the  reddish 
flesh.     Pink  or  white  salrnon  is  very  inferior. 

1.  What  is  the  difference  in  composition  between  the 
cod  and  salmon? 

2.  Which  is  easier  to  digest?     Why? 

3.  What  foods  are  best  to  serve  with  fish? 

4.  Why  do  fish  courses  usually  contain  potatoes  and 
bread  ? 

Why  use  lemon  juice  with  fish '! 

SCALLOPED   SALMON 
(Serve  6) 

1  lb.  can  red  salmon  c.  milk 

2  c.  cracker  crumbs  1  tsp.  salt 

1  tsp.  lemon  juice 


MEATS  79 

In  a  baking  dish  make  alternate  layers  of  the 
salmon  and  the  crumbs,  beginning  and  finishing 
with  the  crumbs.  Shake  over  the  salt,  add  the 
lemon  juice  by  drops  and  then  the  milk.  Bake  in 
a  moderate  oven  30  minutes. 

Oysters 

Oysters,  under  the  best  conditions  are  very  easy 
to  digest  though  in  proportion  to  their  weight 
and  usual  cost  they  have  not  high  nutritive  value 
compared  with  other  foods. 

They  supply  the  most  food  value,  when  eaten 
raw,  as  cooking  hardens  and  contracts  them,  but 
if  cooked  very  lightly  they  are  more  appetizing  to 
some  people. 

Inland  towns  do  not  get  oysters  at  their  best 
and  great  care  must  be  taken  in  selecting  and 
preparing  those  that  have  been  sealed  and 
shipped.  It  is  not  advisable  to  use  the  liquor 
that  comes  with  the  oysters  that  have  been  packed 
in  large  kegs.  Each  oyster  should  be  carefully 
washed  and  run  through  the  fingers  to  remove 
shells. 

OYSTER  SOUP 

J/2  c.  oysters  (selected  and  washed)      1  e.  milk 
ji  tsp.  salt  1  tsp.  butter 

Put  milk  and  butter  in  double  boiler  and,  when 
scalding  hot,  add  the  oysters  and  salt  and  heat 


80  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

until  the  gills  of  the  oyster  begin  to  curl.  Re- 
move from  the  fire  and  serve.  A  dash  of  nutmeg- 
over  the  top  improves  the  flavor  for  some  persons. 

CREAMED   OYSTERS 

34  ^'-  oysters  (selected  and  wjished) 
1  e.  Avhite  sauce  "2  to  1  " 

Add  oysters  to  hot  white  sauce  and  when  the 
gills  begin  to  curl,  pour  over  toast  and  serve. 
The  juice  of  Vi  small  lemon,  squeezed  over  the 
top,  improves  the  flavor. 

SCALLOPED  OYSTERS 

( Serve  () ) 

1  pt.  oysters  1   tl)si).  butter 

2  c.  cracker  cruinl)s  1   c.  milk 

1  tsp.  salt  dash  cayenne 

After  oysters  have  been  prepared,  arrange  in 
a  baking  dish  alternate  layers  of  crumbs  and 
oysters,  beginning  and  finishing  with  the  crumbs, 
and  over  each  layer  of  oysters  dot  pieces  of  the 
butter  and  some  of  the  salt.  Add  the  milk  and 
bake  in  a  moderate  oven  20  minutes. 

CREAMED   SHRIMP 

(Serve  S) 

1  can  dry  shrimps  2  c.  white  sauce  "  2  to  1 " 

diced  whites  of  2  hard-cooked  eggs 


MEATS  81 

Pick  the  shrimps  into  small  pieces,  removing'  all 
hard  particles.  Add  the  shrimps  and  egg  white 
to  the  white  sauce  and  serve  on  toast. 


CHAPTER  VII 

CHEESE 

Cheese  is  believed  to  be  the  first  form  in  which 
milk  was  preserved  for  future  use. 

From  the  standpoint  of  the  housekeeper  cheese 
is  of  importance;  first,  because  of  its  high  nutri- 
tive value  in  muscle-forming  material;  second, 
because  of  the  great  number  of  foods  with  which 
it  may  be  served  in  combination;  and  third,  be- 
cause of  its  use  as  a  flavoring.  The  general  com- 
position of  cheese  is  as  follows : 

Water         Protein         Fats         Milk  Sugar         Mineral 
347r  25%  347c  37o  47o 

Cheese  is  made  from  whole  milk,  skimmed  milk, 
or  cream.  In  some  foreign  countries  goat's  milk 
is  used  entirely,  but  American  cheese  is  made 
from  cow's  milk.  Rennet,  a  kind  of  acid,  is  added 
to  the  milk  which  causes  it  to  curdle;  that  is,  the 
casein  is  separated  from  the  water,  which  is  called 
whey.  The  whole  is  heated  to  a  degree  of  100  F. 
The  whey  is  drained  off  and  the  curd  salted  and 
put  into  a  press  for  a  day.  Then  the  cheese  is  kept 
several  weeks  to  "ripen";  that  is,  develop  flavor, 

82 


CHEESE  83 

which  it  does  by  the  growth  of  bacteria.  The  aver- 
age cheese  when  fresh,  contains  about  i/i  its 
weight  in  protein,  1/3  fat,  1/3  water  and  1/12  min- 
eral and  carbohydrates.  Owing  to  the  addition  of 
salt  the  percentage  of  mineral  matter  is  high. 
There  is  always  present  a  small  amount  of  albu- 
men and  milk  sugar  which  clings  to  the  curd.  This 
is  the  cheese  we  ordinarily  buy  for  our  home  use. 
Numbers  of  foreign  makes  are  sold  in  this  country 
which  we  shall  study  later. 

Digestibility  of  cheese.  Cheese  has,  heretofore, 
been  considered  the  cause  of  digestive  disturb- 
ances, but  recent  experiments  have  shown  that 
this  is  not  a  fact.  There  are  persons  with  whom 
eggs  or  milk  do  not  agree.  The  same  principle 
applies  to  cheese  in  the  average  diet!  The  fatty 
acid  which  cheese  contains  in  small  amounts 
causes  trouble  in  some  stomachs  just  as  do  dough- 
nuts, pork  or  fats  of  any  kind.  The  compactness 
of  cheese,  when  eaten  alone,  renders  it  hard  for 
the  digestive  fluids  to  liquify.  However,  it  does 
not  remain  longer  in  the  healthy  stomach  than 
some  kinds  of  meat. 

Why  cheese  is  served  with  pie.  When  cheese 
enters  tlie  stomach  an  excess  of  juice  is  called 
forth  to  digest  it,  and  as  pastry  is  also  hard  to 
digest,  the  extra  juice  more  easily  disposes  of 
the  pastry.  Whj  pastry  is  hard  to  digest  will  be 
studied  later. 


84  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

CHEESE  BALLS 
(To  be  served  with  a  salad) 

1  egg  white  1  e.  grated  cheese 

1  tsp.  salt  and  cayenne 

Beat  egg  white,  mix  witli  it  tlie  cheese  and  sea- 
soning. Mold  in  small  balls  and  roll  in  cracker 
crumbs.  Place  on  the  ice  about  30  minutes  to  dry 
the  egg  on  the  outside.  Drop  in  deep  fat  and  fry 
a  golden  bro^vn. 

WELSH  RAREBIT  I 

y2  c.  white  sauce  "2  to  1"        j4  tsp.  salt 
2  tbsp.  grated  cheese  speck  cayenne 

Make  white  sauce  in  double  boiler.  Add  cheese 
and  seasonings  and,  when  cheese  has  melted,  serve 
on  w^afers  or  toast. 

This  is  the  least  expensive  rarebit  that  can  be 
made. 

WELSH    RAREBrr    H 
(Serve  fi ) 

1   c.  diced  fresh  cheese  1  tbsp.   bntter 

1   c.  milk  1  egg 

}i  tsp.  salt  dash  cayenne 

Melt  butter  in  a  pan  over  water,  add  milk,  then 
cheese  and  cayenne.  When  melted,  add  egg  which 
has  been  thoroughly  mixed,  and  cook  one  minute. 
Serve  on  wafers.  Tomato  juice  may  be  used  in- 
stead of  milk. 


CHEESE  85 

CHEESE    SANDWICHES 
( 1.1  saiuhviches) 

2  e.  grated  cheese  (>4  lb.)        Yz  tsp.  salt 
y^   c.  mayonnaise  1  large  pimento 

^  tsp.  paprika  )<4  c.  chopped  nuts 

Cut  pimento  very  fine.  Blend  cheese,  mayon- 
naise, salt,  paprika,  nuts  (if  used)  and  pimentoes. 
Spread  as  in  other  sandwiches. 

Estimate  the  cost. 

Thin  slices  of  tomato,  hard  cooked  egg  or  cu- 
cumber, in  these  sandwiches,  adds  much  to  their 
taste. 

('OTTAOE    CHEESE 

Heat  one  gallon  firm  clabber  very  slightly  or 
until  the  whey  is  separated  from  the  curd.  Drain 
the  whey  off  by  pouring  the  heated  mixture  in  a 
cloth  sack  and  hanging  it  where  it  can  drip  for 
an  hour  or  so  or  until  the  curd  is  dry.  Season 
with  salt,  pepper  and  cream,  either  plain  or 
whipped.  This  may  be  used  for  salads,  in  pie,  or 
in  place  of  a  vegetable. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

CEEEALS 

Cereals  are  manufactured  from  the  seeds  or 
grains  of  the  various  members  of  the  grass  family. 
The  grains  most  used  are  wheat,  oats,  corn,  rice, 
rye  and  barley;  and  from  these  are  prepared  the 
numerous  brands  of  breakfast  foods  which  flood 
the  markets. 

Oatmeal,  the  oat  grain,  is  ground  into  small 
particles  and  is  used  mostly  for  porridge  and 
gruel. 

Boiled  oats,  the  grains  are  moistened  and  run 
between  hot  steam  rollers,  which  flattens  each 
grain  and  partially  cooks  the  starch.  For  this 
reason  oatmeal  should  be  steamed  from  5  to  6 
hours,  while  rolled  oats  will  cook  sufficiently  in 
from  30  to  45  minutes.  For  a  well-balanced  cereal, 
rolled  oats,  when  properly  cooked,  furnishes  the 
most  nutriment. 

Most  cereals  contain  a  large  amount  of  starch. 
Oats,  corn,  and  wheat  contain,  also,  a  large  amount 
of  vegetable  protein,  and  are  very  rich  in  fats  and 
minerals. 

Compare  the  foods  from  the  f ollow^ing  table : 

86 


cp:iie. 

.\LS 

87 

Carbo- 

Protein 

hydrates 

Fats 

iMiuerals 

Water 

Oats    . . 

. .      12% 

'66% 

7     % 

3     % 

12% 

Wheat  . 

.  .     12% 

71% 

3     % 

2     % 

12% 

Corn   .  . 

. .    i07f 

70% 

4     % 

2     % 

14% 

Rice    .  . 

.  .       7% 

78% 

/2% 

1/2% 

13% 

Since  cereals  contain  sucli  a  high  percentage  of 
starch  and  so  little  water,  they  must  be  cooked 
a  long  time  in  a  large  amount  of  water. 

Table  for  Cooking  Cereals 


Method  of 

Cereal        Amount 

Water 

Salt 

of  Cooking 

Time 

Oatmeal  1  c. 

4  c. 

1  tsp. 

steamed 

6  hrs. 

Rolled  Oats. .  .   1  c. 

2  c. 

1  tsp. 

steamed 

40  min. 

Cm.  of  Wheat  1  c. 

4  c. 

1  tsp. 

steamed 

40  min. 

Cornmeal  ....   1  c. 

6  c. 

1  tsp. 

boiled 

40  min. 

Rice 1  c. 

10  c. 

1  tsp. 

boiled 

20  min. 

Rolled  Oats..  .    1  c. 

4  c. 

1  tsp. 

boiled 

25  min. 

General  directions  for  cooking  cereals.  Add  the 
salt  to  the  boiling  water,  and  add  the  cereal  to 
the  water,  stirring  continually.  If  it  is  to  be 
steamed,  cook  it  over  direct  heat  for  5  minutes, 
then  over  water  the  required  length  of  time. 
If  it  is  to  be  boiled,  cook  over  direct  heat  the  re- 
quired length  of  time.  Cornmeal  mush  must  be 
stirred  continually  the  entire  time  of  cooking. 
Rice  must  have  a  sufficient  amount  of  water,  that, 
as  it  boils,  the  grains  may  be  kept  apart. 


88  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

When  cooking  small  amounts  the  evaporation 
will  be  greater  and  more  water  may  have  to  be 
added  to  obtain  the  desired  results. 

Digestion  of  cereals  depends  upon  their  being 
properly  cooked  or  prepared.  Some  are  so  pre- 
pared before  they  are  sent  to  the  market  that  a 
large  amount  of  their  starch  has  been  turned  to 
dextrine  (one  of  the  functions  of  digestion)  and 
they  are  advertised  as  ''pre-digested"  foods. 

CREA^I   OF   WHEAT  WITH   DATES 
(Serve  4) 

3/2  c.  cream   wheat  Vi  tsjx   salt 

2  c.  boiling  water  4  chopped  dates 

Cook  as  directed  in  table.  A(hl  dates  the  last 
10  minutes. 

Since  dates  contain  a  large  percentage  of  sugar, 
the  combination  with  cream  gives  us  a  well-bal- 
anced food.  Raisins  may  be  used  in  place  of  the 
dates  with  the  same  results. 

What  will  it  cost  per  person  to  serve  Cream  of  Wheat 
with  milk? 

CORNMEAL    MUSTT 
(Serve  4) 

1  e.  meal  (>  c.  water 

1  tsp.  salt 

Cook  as  directed  in  table.     Einse  a  square  or 
oblong  granite  pan  with  cold  w^ater,  turn  mush 


CEREALS  89 

into  it,  let  stand  until  cold.  Remove  from  pan, 
slice  in  i/o  inch  slices,  dredge  with  flour,  saute  in 
bacon  drippings,  and  serve  crisp  or  with  a  syrup. 
If  served  crisp,  grated  cheese  may  be  sprinkled 
over  the  top. 

1.  What  is  the  cost  per  pound? 

2.  Why  should  we  eat  a  great  deal  of  food  prepared 
from  cornmeal? 

3.  What  additional  food  element  does  it  give  to  serve 
it  with  s.yrup? 

4.  What  food  element  is  added  when  cheese  is  used? 

5.  Suggest  other  combinations  that  add  to  its  value. 

RICE  WITH  CHEESE  SxVUCE 
(Serve  4) 

%.  c.  dry  rice  >4  tsp.  salt 

■1  c.  Ijoiliiig  water 

Wash  rice  until  the  last  water  is  clear.  A  good 
way  is  to  put  rice  in  a  strainer  and  hold  under  a 
faucet  until  the  water  runs  through  clear.  Cook 
as  directed  in  the  table,  and  when  tender,  drain. 
Pour  over  it  the  cheese  sauce  and  serve  immedi- 
ately or  place  in  a  hot  oven  and  brown  slightly, 
with  buttered  crumbs  added  to  the  top. 

CHEESE    SAUCE 

1  e,  white  sauce  "2  to  1"        2  tbsp.  grated  cheese 

Add  the  cheese  to  the  hot  white  sauce  and  let 
stand  until  cheese  is  melted.  A  dash  of  cayenne 
may  improve  the  flavor  for  some. 


90  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

1.  Why  wash  rice  so  thoroughly  ? 

2.  What  does  rice  lack  as  a  food  that  the  cheese  and 
white  sauce  supply? 

3.  Rice  is  rarely  served  alone,  but  usually  in  combina- 
tion with  eggs,  milk,  meat,  etc.     Why  this  combination  f 

4.  Where  does  rice  grow?  How  is  it  harvested? 
What  is  the  cost  per  pound? 

BAKED   RICE 
(Serve  4) 

Yi  e.  rice  1  tbsp.  sugar 

\y2  qts.  of  milk 

Wash  rice  in  one  water.  Mix  with  the  milk  and 
sugar  and  bake  slowly  for  3  hours.  Cinnamon 
may  be  sprinkled  over  the  top.  Rice  is  washed 
in  one  water  only  so  as  not  to  lose  the  starch  that 
will  thicken  the  milk. 

ROLLED  OATS APPLE  SAUCE 

(Serve  4) 

^  c.  rolled  oats  1  c.  water 

K'  tsp.  salt 

Cook  as  directed  in  table.  Pile  on  top  of  each 
dish  of  rolled  oats  2  tbsp.  apple  sauce,  and  serve 
with  sugar  and  cream. 

A  pound  of  rolled  oats  costs  5  cents  and  will 
serve  16  liberal  portions. 

As  the  food  elements  are  so  well  balanced  in  this 
cereal  it  makes  a  very  economical,  wholesome  food. 


CEREALS  91 

1.  What  would  it  cost  per  service  with  milk  and 
sugar  1 

2.  "Why  is  apple  sauce  a  logical  combination  with 
the  oats? 

HOMINY  GKITS 
(Serve  4) 

1  c.  hominy  grits  1  tsp.  salt 

3  c.  boiling  water 

Cook  as  directed  for  all  cereals. 
Serve  with  cream  and  sugar.     Or  cook  very 
stiff  and  serve  with  maple  syrup. 

Macaroni 

Macaroni  is  not,  in  a  true  sense,  one  of  the 
cereals,  but  as  it  is  manufactured  from  flour  we 
study  it  along  with  the  cereals. 

Macaroni  is  manufactured  from  a  paste  made 
of  hard  wheat  flour  and  w^ater  molded  in  slender 
tubes.  Spaghetti  and  vermicelli  are  different 
forms  of  the  same  paste.  It  was  first  manufac- 
tured in  Italy,  and  it  is  one  of  the  principal  food- 
stuffs of  that  country.  The  best  is  made  from 
a  fine  grade  of  hard  wheat  which  is  very  rich  in 
a  protein,  called  gluten,  but  is  poor  in  water  and 
fat.  To  obtain  the  best  results,  it  should  be  cooked 
in  plenty  of  water  and  seasoned  well  or  combined 
with  other  foods  sucli  as  fats,  milk,  butter, 
cheese,  eggs,  or  meat  stocks. 


92  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

MACARONI  AU  GRATIN 

(Serve  4) 

1  c.  macaroni    (broken)  1  tsp.  salt 

4  c.  boiling  water  1/3  c.  grated  cheese 

lyo  c.  white  sauce  "2  to  1" 

Drop  macaroni  in  the  boiling  salt  water  and 
cook  until  tender  (about  20  minutes).  Drain.  To 
the  white  sauce  add  the  grated  cheese  and,  when 
the  cheese  has  melted,  pour  over  the  macaroni. 
Put  into  a  baking  dish,  cover  with  buttered  crumbs 
and  brown  in  a  hot  oven. 

When  macaroni  is  to  be  served  with  roast  beef, 
as  is  usually  done,  a  tomato  sauce  instead  of  the 
cheese  sauce  adds  to  the  general  taste  of  the 
course.    Whyf 

1.  What  is  the  meaning  of  "an  gratin"? 

2.  AVhy  not  serve  beef  and  cheese  together? 

3.  What  is  the  cost  of  macaroni  per  pound  ? 

4.  What  is  the  cost  per  person  with  cheese? 

MACARONI  WITH  TOMATO  SAUCE 

(Serve  4) 

1  c.  macaroni  1  tsp.  salt 

4  c.  boiling  water 

Cook  as  macaroni  au  gratiii.  Turn  over  it  the 
tomato  sauce,  put  in  a  baking  dish,  sprinkle  but- 
tered crumbs  over  the  top  and  brown  in  the  oven. 

TOMATO   SAUCE 

1  c.  strained  tomato  juice       2  tbsp.  butter 

2  tbsp.  flour  ^  tsp.  salt 
Make  as  white  sauce. 


CHAPTER  IX 

FLOUR 

Flour  is  made  by  grinding  the  grains  of  various 
cereals  into  a  powder,  as  rice  flour  from  rice,  rye 
flour  from  rye,  white  flour  from  wheat.  Some 
cereals  are  ground  or  broken  into  fine  particles 
called  meal,  and  thus  we  have,  cornmeal,  oatmeal, 
barleymeal,  etc.  Since  we  deal  principally  with 
the  white  flour,  the  term  flour  to  us  always  means 
that  made  from  wheat. 

Two  kinds  of  wheat  are  used  in  making  flour; 
namely,  hard  wheat  and  soft  wheat. 

Hard  wheat  is  so  called  on  account  of  the  high 
percentage  of  protein,  called  gluten,  which  it  con- 
tains. It  is  planted  in  the  spring  and  is  harvested 
in  the  late  summer.  While  it  may  be  grown  in 
the  south  as  well  as  the  north,  the  northern  states 
seem  to  excel  in  this  special  wheat.  The  flour 
from  this  wheat  is  called  ''bread  flour"  and  is 
used  especially  for  making  bread  mixtures.  The 
gluten  has  a  peculiar  elastic  quality,  which  makes 
it  especially  desirable  in  mixtures  which  are  to 
have  body  or  be  without  crumb. 

Soft   irlieat  has  very  little  gluten  in  it,  but  a 

Read  in  a  text  on  agriculture,  "Wheat"  and  Farm  Jiulletin 
No.  380. 

93 


94  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

liigli  percentage  of  starch.  The  wheat  for  this  flour 
is  planted  in  the  fall,  grows  all  winter  and  is  har- 
vested in  the  early  summer.  The  flour  from  this 
wheat  is  called  "pastry  flour"  and  it  is  recom- 
mended for  mixtures  which  are  to  be  crumbly  or 
short,  as  cakes  or  pastry. 

Whole  wheat  flour  is  made  by  grinding  the 
whole  grain  of  the  wheat  into  a  powder. 

Graham  flour  is  made  by  separating  the  brown 
skin  of  the  wheat  kernel  from  the  inner  portion, 
grinding  each  separately  and  then  combining. 
This  is  so  often  adulterated  by  the  use  of  inferior 
brans  that  its  use  is  not  recommended  when  whole 
wheat  flour  can  be  purchased. 

Test  for  gluten.  Take  V4,  c.  bread  flour  and 
moisten  it  with  enough  cold  water  to  make  stiff 
dough.  Let  stand  15  minutes.  Work  this  dough 
with  the  hands  until  it  becomes  smooth  and  elastic, 
then  wash  it  under  cold  water  until  it  gives  out  no 
more  starch.  Bake  in  a  very  hot  oven.  Its  pe- 
culiar structure  and  quality  may  be  plainly  ob- 
served. This  elastic  property  renders  it  unfit  for 
a  dough  or  batter  which  is  to  be  kept  short  and 
crummy  in  texture ;  as  cakes,  pastry,  etc. 

Doughs  and  Batters 

Wlien  we  mix  a  liquid  and  some  starchy  mate- 
rial together,  we  call  it  either  a  dough  or  a  batter, 
according  to  the  degree  of  stiffness.     Those  that 


FLOUR  95 

we  are  able  to  handle  and  shape,  are  called  doughs. 
Those  that  must  be  stirred  or  mixed  with  a  spoon 
until  the  cooking  is  begun,  are  called  batters. 
Flour  and  meal  are  the  starchy  materials  most 
used.    Milk  and  water  are  the  liquids. 

Just  flour  and  water  mixed  together  with  a  little 
salt  would  be  a  very  compact  substance,  hard  to 
digest,  so  it  is  necessary  to  imprison  air  in  these 
doughs  and  batters  to  make  them  "light"  or  less 
compact. 

The  substances  used  to  ** lighten"  these  mix- 
tures are  baking  powder,  soda  and  an  acid,  air  in- 
closed in  beaten  egg  white,  or  yeast.  In  nature 
there  are  two  opposing  elements,  acids  and  alkali. 
When  brought  together  in  the  presence  of  mois- 
ture the  stronger  overcomes  the  weaker  and  a  gas 
is  formed.  This  gas  formation  expands  and  grows 
when  subjected  to  heat.  The  gas,  when  entangled 
with  the  batter  and  forced  to  expand,  pushes  the 
dough  upward  in  the  pan.  The  tiny  holes  we  see 
in  doughs  and  batters  are  the  cells  where  the  gas 
bubbles  were  formed. 

The  acids  most  used  in  cooking  are  cream  of 
tartar,  sour  milk,  sorghum  molasses.  The  alkali 
used  is  soda. 

Good  baking  powder  is  composed  of  one  part  of 
soda  to  two  parts  of  cream  of  tartar,  with  a  small 
amount  of  starch  added  as  a  filler  or  to  absoi'l) 
moisture. 


96  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

These  definite  statements  should  be  thoroughly 
understood;  acid  plus  alkali  plus  moisture  forms 
a  gas ;  when  heat  is  applied  the  gas  expands. 

When  baking  powder  is  used.  Dry  acid  (cream 
of  tartar)  plus  dry  alkali  (soda)  plus  moisture 
(milk  or  water)  forms  a  gas.  The  heat  of  the  oven 
causes  the  gas  to  expand  and  the  composition  is 
light. 

When  soda  is  used.  Moist  acid  (sour  milk  or 
molasses)  plus  dry  alkali  (soda)  forms  a  gas. 

Cream  of  tartar  is  made  by  drying  and  grind- 
ing the  scum  which  collects  on  the  top  and  around 
the  sides  of  vats  where  grape  juice  is  being  boiled. 
This  dried  purple  scum  is  bleached,  refined  and 
powdered,  and  is  our  commercial  cream  of  tartar. 

Soda  or  sodium  carbonate  is  a  salt  of  strong  al- 
kaline taste.  It  is  formed  in  nature,  as  in  soda 
lakes,  etc. ;  but  for  the  most  ])art  is  made  artifici- 
ally, as  by  the  burning  of  sea  plants,  etc. 

Tests 

1.  Add  2  tbsp.  cold  water  to  1   tsp.  B.  P. 

2.  Add  2  tbsp.  boiling  water  to  1  tsp.  B.  P. 

Which  foams  the  more?  What  does  that  ex- 
plain ? 

What  are  in  these  bubbles? 

3.  Add  2  tbsp.  cold  water  to  i/o  tsp.  soda. 

4.  Add  2  tbsp.  vinegar  to  Yi  ^^V-  soda. 


FLOUR  97 

Which  foams  the  more  ?  What  does  that  ex- 
plain ? 

5.     Mix  1/2  tsp.  soda  and  1  tsp.  cream  of  tartar. 

What  happens  ?  Now  add  2  tbsp.  cold  water  and 
heat.    What  happens  1 

Albumen  or  egg  white  is  very  elastic  and  holds 
the  air  in  small  sacks  which  form  during  the  pro- 
cess of  whipping.  Wlien  flour  is  mixed  with  the 
beaten  egg,  the  dough  or  batter  is  filled  with  air 
l)ubbles. 

A  soft  dough.  Starchy  material  with  sufficient 
liciuid  to  make  it  thick  enough  to  handle,  makes 
a  soft  dough.  Since  the  kinds  of  flour  dif- 
fer so  widely  in  the  amount  of  water  they  will 
absorb,  it  is  never  wise  to  use  a  given  amount,  but 
first,  know  your  batter  or  dough,  then  add  the 
liquid  to  the  dry  materials  until  the  desired  con- 
sistency is  obtained.  In  the  use  of  shortenings,  if 
a  compound  is  used,  measure  out  1/3  less,  than  if 
butter  or  lard  is  to  be  used.  Compounds  are  con- 
centrated, while  butter  and  lard  have  water  in 
them.  In  these  recipes,  unless  stated  differently, 
compounds  are  used  as  a  matter  of  economy. 

BAKING  POWDER  BISCTHTS 

(9  small  biscuits) 

1  e.  pastry  flour  J4  tsp.  salt 

2  tsp.  baking  powder  2  tbsp.   tirm   shortening 

liquid  to  make  soft  dough 


98  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Sift  dry  ingredients  together.  Cliop  in  fat. 
When  mealy-like  add  liquid.  Handle  and  stir  as 
little  as  possible.  When  all  of  the  dry  material  is 
moistened,  turn  on  a  floured  board,  pat  into  shape, 
cut  and  bake  in  hot  oven. 

Be  sure  that  you  cliop  in  your  shortening.  If 
blended  or  mashed  the  dough  will  be  soggy  and 
oily.    When  oil  is  used  add  it  after  the  liquid. 

Save  out  a  portion  of  the  dough  and  work  it  with 
the  hands,  then  bake  it.  Note  the  difference  in 
structure. 

Is  tliere  any  difference  between  the  textures  of  the 
biscuits  that  were  baked  without  handling  and  those 
baked  after  kneading? 

A  well-made  and  properly  baked  biscuit  will 
rise  evenly  all  around  with  layers  of  crumb  be- 
tween the  top  and  bottom  crust.  A  poorly  made 
and  baked  biscuit  will  rise  in  the  center  and  the 
outer  edges  will  still  touch  the  bottom  crust. 

SODA    BISCUITS 
.   (8  small  biscuits) 

1  c.  flonr  Ya  tsp.  salt 

14  tsp.  soda  2  tbsp.  fat 

sour  milk  to  make  soft  dough 

Sift  flour,  soda  and  salt  together.  Chop  in  fat. 
Add  the  liquid  and  make  as  B.  P.  biscuits. 

The  amount  of  soda  required  depends  upon  the 
sourness  of  the  milk,  usually  it  is  1/2  tsp.  to  2  c.  of 
flour,  or  1  c.  of  butter-milk,  in  a  soft  dough. 


FLOUR  99 

There  is  a  story  told  in  tlie  south,  that  at  one 
time  milk  was  very  scarce  and  the  women  made 
griddle  cakes  and  biscuits  with  orange  juice.  Could 
such  a  thing  be  possible  ? 

QUICK    CINNAMON    ROI.LS 
(3  rolls) 

^  e.  flour  y2  tsp.  baking  powder 

1  tsp.  shortening  ]/16  tsp.  salt 

liquid  to  make  soft  dough 

Mix  as  for  B.  P.  biscuits.  Roll  1  inch  thick, 
spread  with  a  thin  layer  of  butter,  sift  over  1  tsp. 
brown  sugar  and  i/^  tsp.  cinnamon.  Roll  as  for  a 
jelly-roll  cake,  cut  in  three  pieces  and  bake  with 
scroll  side  up,  in  a  moderate  oven  for  15  minutes. 
Raisins  may  be  dotted  over  the  surface  when  the 
sugar  is  sifted  on. 

DFMPLTNGS 
(8  dumplings) 

1  c.  flour  1  tsp.  salt 

2  tsp.  B.  p.  liquid  to  make  soft  dougli 

Sift  dry  ingredients,  add  liquid  to  make  soft 
dough,  leaving  it  moist.  Scrape  from  a  spoon. 
Have  boiling  the  liquor  in  which  a  piece  of  meat 
has  been  cooked.  Drop  in  the  dough,  a  spoonful 
at  a  time.  Cover  closely  and  boil  the  broth,  with- 
out lifting  the  lid  for  12  minutes.    Serve. 

1.  How  do  dumplings  differ  from  biscuits! 

2.  Why  do  we  use  uo  shortening? 


]00  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

SHORT    CAKES. 

Make  as  for  baking  power  biscuits,  using  twice 
the  amount  of  shortening,  rolling  and  cutting  a 
larger  size.  Open,  fill  and  cover  the  top  with 
crushed  strawberries,  peaches  or  any  fruit.  Serve 
witli  Avhipped  cream. 

Stiff  doughs.  A  mixture  of  a  starchy  material 
and  enough  liquid  to  moisten,  allowing  ease  in  han- 
dling, is  classed  as  a  stiff  dough.  Usually  they  re- 
quire from  6  to  8  times  as  much  dry  material  as 
liquid.  This  amount  depends  upon  the  propor- 
tion of  egg  and  fat  in  the  mixture. 

STTGAR  COOKIES 
(A  gallon  fiofk  full) 

1  ('.  butter  2  tsp.  B.  P. 

1  egg  1  c,  sugar 

3  e.  flour  milk  to  make  stiff  dough  (about  }4  c.) 

Mix  as  butter  cakes.  When  stiff,  turn  onto  well- 
floured  board  and  roll  out  a  part  at  a  time  to  a 
very  thin  sheet.  Cut,  sprinkle  with  nutmeg  and 
sugar  and  bake  in  moderate  oven.  Keep  pan  and 
board  well  floured. 

INDIVIDUAL   RECIPE  FOR  SUGAR   COOKIES 

2  tbsp.  butter  M  tsp.  B.  P. 

6  tbsp.  flour  1  tsp.  egg 

2  tbsp.  sugar  liquid  to  make  stiff  doufrb 

(about  1  tsp.  milk) 


FLOUR  101 

Mix  butter  cakes  by  creaming  the  butter  and 
the  sugar,  adding  the  egg,  the  flour,  the  B.  P.  and 
liquid. 

DOUGIINITS 
( 12  eakos) 

iy2  c.  fionr    1/16  tsp.  ench  nutmeg,  mace,  cinnamon 
^   tsp.  sah         6  tbsp.  sugar 
3  tsp.  B.  P.  2  tsp.  shortening 

y2  egg 
liquid  to  make  stiff  dough  (about  3  tbsp.  milk) 

Sift  dry  ingredients,  chop  in  fat,  a(kl  egg  and 
liquid,  a  littk^  at  a  time,  until  the  right  consistency 
for  a  stiff  dough. 

Roll  14  in-  thick,  cut  and  fry  in  deep  fat.  Roll  in 
sugar  while  hot.  For  individual  recipe  use  i/j.  of 
these  quantities. 

If  doughnuts  fall  to  pieces  in  the  grease  it  is 
not  hot  enough,  or  too  much  shortening  has  ])e<'n 
used.  These  were  originally  called  Fried  Cakes 
and  those  make  from  bread-dough,  Doughnuts,  l)ut 
now  we  call  both  Doughnuts. 

OATMEAL    rOOKIES 
( lU  cookies  I 

1  egg  2/3  e.  flour 

1/4  tsp.  soda  1/3  c.  butter 

2/3  e.  rolled  oats  1/3  tsp.  cinnamon 
1/3  c.  sugar  1  scant  tbsp.  water 

1/3  c.  raisins  1/3  c.  chopped  nuts 


102  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Sift  flour,  soda,  cinnamon  and  sugar;  add  oat- 
meal, butter,  egg,  raisins,  water,  nuts,  and  mix 
thoroughly.  Drop  these  from  a  tsp.  onto  a  dry 
pan  and  bake  in  hot  oven  from  13  to  15  minutes. 
These  are  better  if  allowed  to  stand  in  a  stone  jar 
several  days  before  serving.    Whj'-'? 

Drop  batters.  When  a  mixture  of  starchy  mate- 
rial and  liquid  wdll  drop  from  a  spoon,  yet  retain 
something  of  its  shape,  it  is  a  drop  batter.  Usually 
it  is  given  as  2  measures  of  flour  to  1  of  liquid. 
Eggs  and  fat  count  as  liquid. 

MUFFINS 
(12  nmmns) 

2  c.  flour  4  tbsp.  shortening 

y2  tsp.  salt  4  tsp.  B.  P. 

6  tbsp.  sugar  2  eggs 

liquid  to  make  drop  batter  (about  2/3  e.) 

Sift  dry  ingredients.  Chop  in  fat.  Drop  in 
whole  egg  and  a  little  of  the  liquid.  Mix,  adding 
a  little  liquid  at  a  time  until  it  is  the  right  con- 
sistency. Do  not  stir  more  than  is  necessary  to 
mix  well.  Bake  in  hot  oven.  If  a  sweeter  mufhn 
is  desired  from  1  to  2  tbsp.  more  sugar  may  l)e 
added. 

1.  Notice  the  similarity  of  this  batter  to  biscuit  dough. 

2.  AVhat  are  the  differences? 


FLOUR  103 

How  eggs  leaven.  In  beating  the  white  of  eggs, 
we  enclose  air  in  small  bubbles,  these  bubbles  then 
become  distributed  through  the  dough  when  mixed 
in  with  it.  In  baking,  the  heat  expands  the  air  and 
also  makes  the  walls  of  the  air  bubbles  firm,  so  that 
a  porous  or  spongo-like  structure  is  retained.  Be- 
fore hardened  by  heat,  these  cell  walls  are  very 
easily  broken  down,  for  that  reason  we  fold  in 
beaten  egg  white  instead  of  beating  it  in.  This 
gives  a  fine  spongy  texture. 

TEA  CAKES 
(12  cakos) 

2  c.  flour  }i  c.  sugar 

2  eggs  4  tsp.  B.  P. 

6  tbsp.  shortening  >^  tsp.  vanilla 

3/2  tsp.  salt  /4  c.  currants  (cooked, 

dried  and  floured) 
liquid  to  make  drop  batter 

Sift  dry  ingredients  together,  chop  in  shorten- 
ing, add  eggs  and  a  small  amount  of  liquid  at  a 
time,  until  consistency  desired  is  obtained.  Add 
floured  fruit  and  flavoring  and  bake  in  mufhn  tins 
in  a  moderate  oven.    Stir  only  enough  to  mix  well. 

1.  Work  out  the  cost  of  these  cakes. 

2.  Compare  with  the  same  amount  purchased  at  a 
bakeshop. 

3.  What  is  the  principal  food  element  in  these  cakes? 

4.  How  do  they  differ  from  muffins?    From  biscuits? 


104  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

GRAHAM   GEMS 

I  16  ycms) 

2  c.  gTaham  tioiir  Yi  tsp.  soda 

3  tbsp.  shortening  4  tsp.   B.  P. 
1  tbsp.  sugar  Yi  tsp.  salt 

4  tl)s]).  molasses  Sweet  milk  or  water  to 

make  dro])  liatter 

Sift  dry  ingredients  and  turn  the  bran  back  witli 
them.  Chop  in  shortening  and  add  molasses  and 
liquid,  a  little  at  a  time,  until  the  desired  con- 
sistency is  obtained.    Bake  in  a  moderate  oven. 

1.     AYhy  us('  soda  and  K.  W  l)oth? 

FRITTERS 

(4  flitters) 

3/2  e.  Hour  1)/  tbsp.  sugar 

Yi  egg  1       tsp.  B.  P. 

Y?,  tsp.  salt  liquid  to  make  drop  batter 

(about  8  tbsp.) 

Sift  dry  ingredients.  Add  egg  and  liquid  a  lit- 
tle at  a  time.  Beat  thoroughly.  Mix  with  it  4 
tbsp.  of  corn,  or  cut  banana  or  any  fruit.  Drop  by 
tablespoonfuls  in  hot  fat  and  fry  until  golden 
brown. 

CREAM   PITFFS 
(8  small  puffs) 

Y2  c.  flour  Ya  ^-  butter 

2  eggs  Y^  ^-  boiling  water 

Add  butter  to  water  and  when  boiling,  add  flour 
all  at  once  and  stir  vigorously.    Remove  from  the 


FLOUR  105 

fire,  cool  and  add  unbeaten  eggs  one  at  a  time, 
beating  until  thoroughly  mixed  before  adding  the 
next  egg.  Droj)  by  spoonfuls  on  a  buttered  sheet, 
about  2  inches  apart,  shape  as  nearly  round  as  pos- 
sible, and  slightly  higher  in  the  center.  Bake 
30  minutes  in  a  moderate  oven.  If  not  thoroughly 
cooked  they  will  fall.  With  a  sharp  knife  open  one 
side  and  fill  with  cream  filling. 

No  baking  powder  or  soda  is  used.  What  acts 
as  a  leaven  ? 

CREAM  FILLING 

6  tbsp.  sugar  ^  tsp.  salt 

3  tbsp.  tiour  1  egg 

1  c.  scalded  milk  ^  tsp.  lemon  extract 

Mix  flour,  salt  and  sugar,  add  egg  slightly  beaten 
and  pour  over  gradually  the  scalded  milk.  Cook 
15  minutes  in  a  double  boiler,  stirring  constantly 
until  thick,  afterwards  occasionally.  Cool  and 
flavor. 

This  filling  may  be  used  for  any  of  the  cream  pie 
fillings  and  will  fill  one  small  pie  shell. 

AVhipped  cream,  sweetened  and  flavored  with 
vanilla  may  also  be  used. 

CORN    MEAT;    MUFFINS 
(6  muffins) 

1  c.   corn  meal  1  tbsp.  shortening 

2  tsp.  B.  P.  i;4  tsp.  salt 

1  egg  sweet  milk 


106  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Sift  meal  and  salt  in  a  bowl.  Add  tlie  butter 
and  pour  over  this  %  c.  boiling  water,  and  beat 
until  cold.  Break  into  it  the  egg  and  add  the  milk 
a  little  at  a  time  until  a  drop-batter  consistency  is 
obtained.  Dissolve  the  baking  powder  in  the  last 
tbsp.  of  milk  used,  mix  it  thoroughly  with  the  bat- 
ter and  bake  immediately.  It  will  require  from  15 
to  20  minutes  in  a  hot  oven. 

SOFT    GINGER   BREAD 

(1    loaf  I 

2^4  c.  flour  y2  tsp.  soda, 
1/2  c.  molasses  1  egg 

1  tsp.  ginger  J/2  c.  sugar 

%  e.  nuts  4  tbsp.  shortening 

34  tsp.  salt  hot  water   (about  yi  c.) 

Sift  Hour,  ginger,  soda  and  sugar  together.  Chop 
in  shortening.  Stir  in  molasses,  egg  and  nuts  and 
enough  hot  water  to  make  drop  batter.  Bake  as 
soon  as  mixed,  as  the  gas  will  form,  expand  and 
escape  very  rapidly.  All  mixtures  containing  a 
high  percentage  of  fat  or  sugar  must  bake  at  a 
moderate  or  low  temperature. 

Pour  batters.  When  a  mixture  of  starchy  mate- 
rial and  liquid  will  pour  from  one  vessel  to  an- 
other it  is  called  a  pour  batter.  Usually  it  is  equal 
parts  of  liquid  and  of  flour,  butter  and  eggs  count- 
ing as  liquid  in  a  proportionate  way.  There  are 
two  classes  of  pour  batter ;  that  is,  thick  pour  and 


FLOUR  107 

tliin  pour.    We  will  note  tlie  dill'erence  as  we  make 
the  different  mixtures. 

TIMBAL    CASES 
(40  cases) 

V/z  c.  flour  2  tbsp.  sugar 

2  eggs  1  tbsp.  olive  oil 

1  tsp.  salt  1   c.  milk 

Sift  dry  ingredients  together,  add  whole  eggs 
and  a  little  milk  at  a  time,  beating  continually. 
When  well  mixed,  beat  in  the  oil. 

If  the  timbals  are  not  crisp  when  baked  the  bat- 
ter is  too  thick. 

If  the  timbals  do  not  stick  to  the  iron  while 
cooking,  the  iron  is  too  hot. 

If  the  timbals  stick  to  the  iron  so  that  they  can- 
not be  removed,  the  iron  is  too  cold. 

Timbals  are  used  as  cases  for  serving  creamed 
foods,  as  creamed  peas,  chicken,  beef,  etc. 

Timbals  belong  to  the  class  of  thin  pour  bat- 
ters. 

GRIDDLE   CAKES 

2  c.  flour  4  tsp.  B.  P. 

1  tsp.  sugar  y2  tsp.  salt 

1  egg  1  tbsp.  shortening 

liquid  to  make  pour  batter  (about  2  e.  milk) 

Sift  flour,  sugar,  salt  and  B.  P.  together.  Chop 
in  shortening.  Add  egg  and  milk  and  beat  until 
thoroughly  mixed.     Stir  the  batter  each  time  be- 


108  FOOD  AND  (M.OTHING 

fore  pouring  a  fresh  batch  of  cakes  on  the  griddle. 
Bake  by  tablespoonfuls.  When  the  cakes  are  full 
of  bubbles  on  the  top  and  brown  on  the  under  side, 
turn  with  a  broad  knife  or  turner.  If  large  bubbles 
rise  at  once  at  top  of  cakes,  the  griddle  is  too  hot. 
If  the  top  stiffens  before  the  under  side  is  brown, 
the  griddle  is  not  hot  enough.  Never  turn  a  cake 
twice. 

Put  the  griddle  on  the  stove  where  it  will  be  hot 
by  the  time  batter  is  made. 

BREAD   GRIDDLE   CAKES 

Yz  c.  bread   crumbs  1/16  tsp.  salt 

J4  tbsp.  butter  34  ^-  flour 

Yz  egg  Yi  tsp.  B.  P. 
J4  f--  niilk 

Sift  the  dry  ingredients.  Mix  the  ^^^  and  stir 
it  in  the  milk.  Pour  the  ^^%  and  milk  over  the 
bread  crumbs  and  when  they  are  soft  stir  in  the 
dry  ingredients  and  the  melted  butter. 

WAFFLES 

(6  waffles) 

2  ('.  flour  2  tbsp.  sugar 

3  eggs  1  tsp.  B.  P. 

4  tbsp.  butter  Y^  tsp.  salt, 
liquid  to  make  pour  batter,  about  1  1/3  c. 

Sift  flour,  B.  P.,  salt  and  sugar.  Beat  ^%^  yolks 
until  lemon  colored.  Add  to  the  dry  ingredients  to- 
gether with  a  little  of  the  milk  at  a  time.     Melt 


FLOUR  109 

tilt;  butter  and  beat  in.  Lastly  fold  in  whites,  which 
have  been  beaten  stiff  and  dry.  (The  batter  should 
be  a  very  little  thicker  than  a  gxiddle  cake  batter.) 

Have  both  sides  of  the  waffle  iron  hot  and  well- 
oiled.  Put  1  tbsp.  of  batter  on  each  compartment, 
spread  out  and  let  top  down.  When  brown  on 
under  side  turn  the  iron. 

If  well  made  and  bakeel  the  watfle  will  be  crisp 
and  tender. 

Estimate  the  cost  of  these  waffles. 

SOUTHERN    WAPFLP:S 
(These   are   less   expensixe   and    \eiy   good) 

2  c.  tioiir  1  tb.s[).  sugar 
Yi  tsp.  salt                                1  egg 

3  tbsp.  coriiineal  4  tsp.  1>.  P. 

2  tbsp.  butter  liquid  (about  lyi  c.) 

Sift  flour,  cornmeal,  B.  P.,  sugar  and  salt  to- 
gether. Add  egg  and  a  portion  of  the  liquid.  Mix 
thoroughly.  Add  melted  butter  and  mix  again. 
Add  enough  more  milk  to  make  desired  con- 
sistency. 

1.  What  effect  does  the  eoi-unieal  have  ui)()u  tlie 
bat  ter  .' 

2.  Estimate  the  cost  of  these  waffles. 


CHAPTER  X 

BEVERAGES 

Beverages  are  liquids  used  as  drinks  to  quench 
the  thirst,  as  stimulants,  and  in  a  small  way  to  sup- 
ply the  body  with  food. 

Water,  when  pure  and  fresh,  is  nature 's  remedy 
for  thirst,  and  from  three  to  four  pints  per  day 
is  needed  to  keep  the  body  in  a  healthful  condi- 
tion. 

Many  acids  and  flavors  are  added  to  water  to  in- 
crease its  popularity  as  a  thirst  quencher,  but  in 
so  doing  the  benefit  of  the  drink  is  often  lost  by 
the  injurious  etfects  of  the  concoctions  put  into  it. 
The  evil  effects  of  some  of  the  ''soda  fountain" 
drinks  upon  the  nervous  system  cannot  be  over 
estimated ;  and  when  a  person  feels  that  he  cannot 
do  his  work  without  a  certain  number  of  these 
drinks  per  day,  it  is  time  to  give  them  up  alto- 
gether, as  the  stimulation  is  only  artificial  and  is 
wrecking  the  nervous  system. 

Tea  and  coffee  contain  an  acid  called  tannin, 
which,  if  extracted  in  any  considerable  degree,  has 
an  injurious  effect  upon  the  digestive  system  by 

Note:  Read  in  connection  "Disease  Oerms  in  Water"  in  your 
Physiology. 

110 


BEVERAGES  111 

retarding  the  fiow  of  the  saliva  and  gastric  juice. 
They  also  contain  an  alkaloid  called  theine  or  caf- 
feine (the  same  elements)  which  has  a  stimulating 
effect  upon  the  nerves. 

Tea  or  coffee  may  be  made  in  such  a  way  that 
but  very  little  of  the  tannin  acid  will  be  extracted, 
and  to  the  improper  making  we  attribute  a  large 
percentage  of  their  injurious  effects. 

Cocoa  is  made  from  the  bean  or  seed  of  a  native 
tree  of  the  tropical  countries  of  America.  In  the 
factories  these  beans  are  cracked  into  irregular 
bits  known  as  cocoa  nibs.  These  nibs  contain  so 
much  fat  that  when  they  are  ground,  instead  of 
becoming  a  powder,  they  form  a  paste,  giving  us 
our  commercial  Chocolate.  In  some  cases  a  large 
amount  of  this  oil  is  extracted  before  the  grinding 
and  then  the  powder  is  called  cocoa.  The  oil  is 
called  cocoa-hutter. 

Cocoa  contains  an  element  called  theobromine, 
similar  to  caffeine  or  theine,  though  much  less 
stimulating  in  its  effects. 

Cocoa  is  composed  of: 

Water    Fats    Starch    Nitrogen    ]\Iinerals    Theobromine 
4%      50';{       14'/f         26%  4'/o  2% 

As  you  notice,  cocoa  contains  a  large  amount  of 
fat  and  starch  and  ranks  as  a  high-class  foodstuff. 
However,  the  presence  of  so  much  fat  means  that 
it  is  too  rich  for  some  people,  though  others  can 


1V2  FOOD  AND  CLOTIITXG 

digest  it  with  no  difficulty.  Tlie  food  value  depends 
to  a  large  extent  upon  the  manner  in  which  it  is 
prepared.  The  milk  and  sugar  adds  to  its  nutri- 
ment. 


coco.v 

(1   quart) 

1  pt. 

])oiling'  water 

6  tbsp.  eoeoa 

1  pt 

scalded  milk 

8  tbsp.  sugar 

Mix  the  cocoa  and  sugar  in  a  sauce  pan;  add  the 
water  and  let  it  boil  5  minutes,  or  until  it  is  smooth 
and  free  from  any  raw  taste.  Scald  the  milk  in  a 
double  boiler  and  just  before  serving,  add  to  the 
cocoa  and  beat  well  with  a  Dover  beater.  Do  not 
allow  the  cocoa  to  boil  after  the  milk  has  been 
added.  Using  the  egg  beater  will  prevent  al- 
buminous skin  from  forming.  The  amount  of 
cocoa  used  will  depend  upon  the  brand.  Some  con- 
tain more  sugar  and  oil  than  others. 

TEA 

(Olio  cup) 

1  tsp.  tea  .1  e.  fresh  l)oiling  water 

Place  tea  in  a  hot  scalded  vessel  which  may  be 
covered.  Pour  over  it  the  boiling  water  and  let 
stand  covered  2  minutes,  stirring  with  a  spoon 
once.  Pour  the  tea  from  the  grounds  into  an 
eathern  vessel  that  has  been  scalded.    Serve. 


BEVERAGES  113 

A  thin  slice  of  lemon,  a  clove,  a  strawberry  or  a 
few  drops  of  lime  juice  may  be  added  to  each  cu]) 
to  improve  the  flavor. 

Tea  is  made  by  infusion  and  not  by  boiling.  The 
mistake  of  boiling  tea  is  often  made  by  inex- 
perienced housekeepers.  Pouring  the  tea  from 
the  grounds  after  2  minutes  prevents  a  very  great 
amount  of  tannic  acid  from  forming.  Tea  is  the 
leaves  of  a  small  bush,  a  native  of  China,  Japan, 
Ceylon  and  India.  The  best  tea  is  made  from  the 
young  leaves  and  buds  from  the  top  of  the  bush 
and  is  called  Orange  Pekoe.  If  the  leaves  are  dried 
as  soon  as  picked,  we  have  Green  Tea ;  if  they  are 
packed  in  such  a  way  that  a  small  amount  of  fer- 
mentation takes  place,  the  color  changes  and  we 
have  Black  Tea.  During  the  fermentation,  some 
of  the  acid  is  liberated  and  for  that  reason  Black 
Tea  is  not  as  injurious  as  Green  Tea. 

ICED    TEA 

1  tsp.  tea  >{>  f.  boiling  water 

Pour  water  over  the  tea  and  after  1  minute 
strain  off  liquid  into  a  tall  glass  that  is  half  full 
of  cracked  ice.  Sugar  and  a  thin  slice  of  lemon 
add  to  the  flavor  of  the  tea*  for  some  people. 

The  mistake  is  often  made  of  infusing  the  tea 
several  hours  before  it  is  to  be  used,  or  even  worse, 
many  housekeepers  pour  water  over  tea  leaves  and 
allow  them  to  stand  for  several  hours.    By  these 


114  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

processes,    tannic   acid    develops    in   very   large 
quantities. 

Coffee 

Coffee  is  tlie  berry  or  seed  of  a  tropical  ever- 
green tree.  The  fruit  when  on  the  tree  resembles 
the  cherry.  When  the  flesh  of  the  fruit  begins  to 
shrivel,  it  is  taken  from  the  tree  and  allowed  to 
dry  until  the  seeds  can  be  easily  removed. 

These  seeds  are  roasted,  ground  and  sold  to  us 
as  the  coffee  we  have  in  our  homes.  Coffee  con- 
tains an  element,  caffeine,  wdiich  stimulates  the 
nervous  system.  It  is  not  a  food  in  any  sense,  since 
it  neillier  builds  tissue  nor  supplies  heat  or  energy, 
but  has  the  power  of  exciting  extra  action  from 
the  nervous  system.  In  most  cases  a  cup  of  strong 
coffe<'  at  night  will  defer  sleep  for  hours. 

To  make  coffee.  The  coffee  pot  should  be  thor- 
oughly cleaned,  scalded  and  sunned  after  each  us- 
ing and  the  grounds  thrown  away.  Many  years 
ago,  before  science  of  foods  was  so  clearly  under- 
stood, people  saved  the  grounds  from  one  meal  to 
another;  put  in  fresh  ground  coffee,  on  top  of 
the  old  grounds  or  just  "boiled  over"  the  old 
coffee.  This  is  one  of  the  most  injurious  practices 
ever  employed  by  housekeepers.  It  is  useless 
economy  as  the  real  coffee  strength  is  extracted  in 
the  first  few  minutes  after  making,  and  it  is  detri- 
mental from  the  fact  that  tannic  acid  develops 


BEVERAGES  115 

very  rapidly  if  tlie  liciuid  romains  loiii»'  on  the 
^^Tounds.  This  exphiiiis  wliy  coffee  turns  (hirker 
in  color  after  it  has  been  made  an  hour  or  so. 

BOILKD   COFFEE 
(10  pups) 

12  thsp.  coffee  1  o.  cold  water 

1  egg  white  speck  of  salt 

5  c.  boiling  water 

Put  coffee  in  large  kettle,  drop  into  it  the  egg 
white  and  mix  it  thoroughly  with  the  grounds.  Add 
the  cold  water  and  stir.  Pour  over  the  boiling 
water,  place  on  the  fire  and  boil  slowly  for  3  min- 
utes. Remove  from  direct  heat  and  let  settle  for 
4  minutes.  Strain  through  a  fine  cloth  into  another 
vessel.    Serve. 

1.  Why  mix  egg  with  the  grounds? 

2.  Why  use  cold  water  before  the  boiling  water? 

PERCOIiATED  COFFEE 

The  coffee  is  held  in  a  sieve-like  receptacle  at 
the  top  of  the  pot,  while  the  boiling  water  and 
steam  are  carried  up  by  means  of  a  small  tube  and 
forced  to  filter  down  through  the  grounds.  This 
is  one  of  the  most  satisfactory  ways  of  making- 
coffee,  and,  aside  from  the  care  of  the  pot,  the 
easiest.  Since  very  little  of  the  water  is  lost  by 
evaporation,  a  tbsp.  of  coffee  for  each  cup  of 
water,  either  hot  or  cold,  is  used,  and  is  allowed  to 
cook  about  20  minutes. 


lie  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

LEMONADE 
(Two  o'lasses) 

2  tbsp.  juice  (3^  lemon)       4  tbsp.  sugar 
3^2  c.  boiling  water 

Dissolve  sugar  in  the  boiling  water.  When 
cool  add  lemon  juice,  and  ice  water  to  suit  indi- 
vidual taste.  Adding  the  sugar  to  the  boiling  water 
completely  dissolves  it  and  adds  to  the  flavor.  One 
half  c.  grape  juice  may  be  added  or  1  raw  egg  well 
beaten. 

Lemons  grow  best  in  warm  climates,  and  are 
highly  prized  for  their  power  of  allaying  thirst, 
developing  flavors,  aiding  in  emulsifying  fats. 


CHAPTER   XI 

TABJ.Iil  SETTING  AND  SERVICE 

The  girl  who  observes  and  reads,  knows  that  the 
manner  of  table  setting  and  the  form  of  table 
service  changes  very  often,  and  for  that  reason 
no  detailed  rules  can  be  given  which  will  be  in 
good  form  for  any  specified  length  of  time ;  the  up- 
to-date  hostess  observes  what  good  authorities 
say,  from  time  to  time,  and  is  guided  accordingly. 
A  few  general  rules  at  the  present  time  are: 


^vm 

BB^^l 

j^^='^''-'^»  ~~Z_!5^^^B 

.jf^  ^       ^^B 

PLATE  II.     A  Table  Simply  Set  for  Breakfast  or  Luncheon 

1.  Simplicity  of  arrangement,  with  strict  ob- 
servance to  straight  lines.  This  means  that  the 
plates,  silver  and  linen  are  placed  on  the  table  on 
a  line,  the  napkin  folded  in  a  square  or  rectangle ; 
the  ends  of  the  handles  of  the  knives,  spoons  and 

117 


118  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

forks  are  even  with  each  other,  and  in  line  with  the 
phite  and  napkins. 

2.  The  silver  should  be  so  arranged  that  the 
outside  pieces  will  be  used  first.  "We  eat  in." 
It  may  be  fault  of  the  hostess  and  not  ignorance 
on  the  part  of  the  guests,  if  the  wrong  piece  of 
silver  is  used,  as  the  table  arrangement  should 
be  such  that  no  mistakes  can  be  made.  Various 
spoons  or  forks  have  no  place  beyond  the  plate 
as  was  once  the  custom,  when  every  gTiest  had  to 
"watch  the  hostess"  to  know  what  piece  to  use 
with  the  next  course. 

3.  The  good  hostess  is  the  one  wdio  makes  her 
guests  feel  comfortable.  This  can  only  be  done  by 
adhering  to  the  general  rules  of  simplicity.  The 
bare  table  with  doilies,  for  luncheons  and  break- 
fasts, is  at  present  the  favorite  arrangement,  while 
the  damask  is  for  the  dinner  table.  With  the  ex- 
ception of  this  the  following  arrangements  may 
be  carried  out  in  every  detail : 


"uc* 


PLATE  III.     A  Table  Set  for  Three  Courses 


TABLE  SETTING  AND  SERVICE  119 

Table  Setting 

(liifoinial) 

1.  Cover  the  table  with  u  clean  thick  cloth.  This  is 
called  a  silence  cloth. 

2.  Spread  the  table  cloth  over  the  silence  cloth  with 
the  length  extending  from  head  to  foot.  It  should  be 
of  such  size  that  from  6  to  8  inches  will  extend  over  the 
sides  and  ends  of  the  table. 

3.  Arrange  center  piece  of  lace  or  embroidery  and 
a  low  bouquet  of  flowers. 

4.  Arrange  space  in  front  of  each  person's  place  for 
the  plate  when  it  is  served. 

5.  Arrange  the  silver  in  the  order  of  its  use,  that  to 
be  used  first  farthest  from  the  plate ;  the  knives  and 
spoons  on  the  right,  the  forks  on  the  left,  all  the  same 
distance  from  the  edge  of  the  table  as  the  plate.  The 
knives  with  the  edges  toward  the  plate,  the  spoons  with 
the  bowls  up.    The  forks  with  the  tines  up. 

6.  Place  napkin  at  left  of  forks,  the  loose  corners 
toward  the  edge  of  the  table. 

7.  Place  water  glass  at  point  of  knife. 

8.  Arrange  salt  and  pepper  shakers  and  other  neces- 
sary dishes  at  convenient  places  on  the  table. 

9.  Place  dinner  plates  before  the  host,  with  the  meat 
and  vegetable  dishes  in  convenient  places  from  which 
to  serve. 

Table  Service 

( Formal ) 

When  passing  bread,  cream  or  sugar,  and  the 
guest  is  expected  to  serve  himself,  go  to  the  left 
side,  so  that  he  may  use  the  right  hand. 

In  refilling  water  glasses  or  coffee  cups,  go  to 


120  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

the  right  side.  There  was,  at  one  time  a  much 
used  phrase, ' '  Serve  to  the  right  and  remove  from 
the  left, ' '  and  when  convenient  it  may  be  followed, 
but  if  the  dishes  to  be  removed  are  at  the  right, 
it  is  far  better  to  go  to  the  right  than  to  reach  in 
front  of  the  guest.  The  general  rules  for  service 
are  convenience,  ease  and  consideration. 


CHAPTER  XII 

CANNING,  PRESERVING,  PICKLING 

Tlie  secret  of  successful  preserving  of  foods  for 
future  use  is  perfect  sterilization.  This  may  be 
brought  about  by  dyying,  smoking,  use  of  salt, 
thick  syrups,  acids,  or  enclosing  the  sterilized  food 
in  sterlised  jars. 

Sterilization.  Minute  forms  of  life,  which  we 
call  bacteria,  are  present  everywhere  in  untold 
numbers.  The  air  we  breath,  the  water  we  drink, 
and  the  food  we  eat  are  teeming  with  them.  These 
bacteria  are  practically  the  sole  cause  of  the 
' '  spoiling"  or  fermenting  of  the  various  fruits  and 
vegetables.  The  reproduction  of  bacteria,  whicli 
is  very  rapid,  is  brought  about  by  one  of  two 
processes.  The  bacterium  either  divides  itself  into 
two  parts,  making  two  bacteria  where  one  existed 
before,  or  else  reproduces  itself  by  means  of 
spores.  Spores  may  be  compared  with  the  seed 
of  an  ordinary  plant.  These  spores  present  the 
chief  difficulty  in  canning  the  products  of  the  or- 
chard and  garden. 

All  forms  of  bacteria  are  killed  by  complete 
sterilization.  This  is  nothing  more  than  enclosing 
the  products  to  be  sterlized  in  jars  or  cans  that 

121 


122  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

can  be  sealed  air-tight  and  submitting  them  to 
heat  of  sufficient  temperature  for  a  time — long 
enough  to  destroy  the  bacteria  that  cause  the  raw- 
material  to  spoil.  Sterilization  is  readily  accom- 
plished by  the  use  of  boiling  water.  There  are 
three  different  ways  by  which  this  can  be  done. 
WHiile  the  parent  bacteria  can  be  killed  at  the  tem- 
perature of  boiling  water,  their  spores  retain  their 
vitality  for  a  long  time  even  at  that  temperature. 

In  large  commercial  factories,  sterilization  is  ac- 
complished by  subjecting  the  cans  containing  the 
various  products  to  steam  under  pressure.  By 
this  process  the  temperature  is  raised  to  a  degree 
higher  than  that  of  boiling  water,  thereby  killing 
both  bacteria  and  spores  at  the  same  time.  Smaller 
factories  and  the  different  home-canning  outfits 
usually  make  use  of  the  "open-kettle"  process. 
Here  the  cans  are  submerged  in  boiling  water  and 
kept  at  that  temperature  for  a  time  sufficient  to 
destroy  bacteria  and  spores.  The  third  process 
known  as  fractional  sterilization,  is  that  of  keep- 
ing cans  or  jars  in  boiling  water  for  a  specified 
time  upon  each  of  two  or  three  consecutive  days. 

The  process  of  boiling  upon  consecutive  days  is 
the  safest  method  and  is  much  to  be  preferred  in 
home  canning.  The  first  day's  boiling  kills  prac- 
tically all  the  bacteria,  but  does  not  kill  the  spores. 
As  soon  as  the  jars  or  cans  cool,  these  spores  de- 
velop a  new  lot  of  bacteria,  which  begin  their 


CANNING,  PEESERVING,  PICKLING        123 

destructive  work  on  the  contents.  The  second  day's 
boiling  kills  the  new  lot  of  bacteria  before  they 
have  had  time  to  produce  spores. 

Boiling  the  third  day  is  not  alw^ays  necessary, 
but  it  is  advisable  in  order  to  be  sure  that  the 
sterilization  is  complete. 

Jelly  is  fruit  juices  sterilized  by  the  medium  of 
hot  syrup.  All  fruit  juices  wall  not  congeal  or 
make  jelly  on  account  of  the  absence  of  a  sub- 
stance called  pectin,  a  gelatine  or  gum  found  in 
most  fruits  and  vegetables.  Pectin  dissolves  in 
boiling  water  and  stiffens  in  cold.  It  is  more 
abundant  in  the  harder  parts  of  the  fruits,  the 
core  and  the  skin.  Fruit  containing  the  most  pectin 
makes  the  best  jelly.  Quinces,  crab-apples,  cur^ 
rants,  grapes  and  apples  are  rich  in  pectin. 

To  make  jelly.  Usually  fruit  is  lifted  drip- 
ping from  the  last  water  where  it  was  w^ashed  into 
the  cooking  vessel,  where  it  is  cooked  until  the 
juice  runs  freely.  It  then  is  strained,  measured 
and  cooked  for  at  least  ten  minutes  before  the 
sugar,  which  is  measure  for  measure  of  the  juice 
before  it  cooked  down,  is  added.  This  is  cooked 
until  a  drop  on  a  cold  plate  wall  congeal.  If  a  path 
is  made  through  the  jelly  on  the  plate  and  it 
does  not  run  together,  it  has  cooked  sufficiently. 
To  insure  a  clear  jelly,  the  scum  should  be  removed 
as  it  forms.  When  testing  jelly  remove  from  the 
fire  each  time  before  the  test  is  made  and  wait  until 


124  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

tlie  liquid  is  still.  As  in  candy  making,  a  few  sec- 
onds longer  would  make  a  difference,  if  it  was  just 
right  at  the  time  the  test  was  made.  The  sugar  is 
not  added  until  the  juice  has  partially  cooked 
doAvn,  as  long  cooking  lessens  the  sweetness  of 
sugar.  Do  not  attempt  to  make  more  than  four 
glasses  of  jelly  in  one  vessel.  It  is  better  to  make 
it  often  and  in  small  amounts. 

Many  housekeepers  can  their  fruit  juices  in  the 
summer,  then  make  their  jelly  from  this  juice  in 
small  amounts  in  the  Avinter.  There  are  three  rea- 
sons why  this  is  a  good  plan:  First,  sugar  is 
usually  much  cheaper  in  the  winter ;  second,  fresh 
jelly  tastes  better  and  is  freer  from  grape  sugar; 
third,  cool  weather  is  more  agreeable  for  this 
work. 

Use  of  paraffin.  Melt  any  amount  of  paraffin 
over  a  very  slow  fire  and  when  clear  and  thin, 
turn  over  the  firm  jelly  to  the  depth  of  1/16  of  an 
inch.  Paraffin  may  be  used  from  year  to  year  if 
washed  and  reheated. 

GRAPE    JELLY 

Pick  fruit  from  stems,  wash  and  lift  dripping 
into  a  cooking  pan  and  heat  till  juice  runs  freely. 
Strain  through  cheese  cloth  bag.  Use  measure 
for  measure  of  sugar  and  juice.  Cook  the  juice 
a  few  minutes  before  adding  the  sugar.  When  a 
few  drops  will  congeal  on  a  cold  plate,  strain  into 


CANNING,  PRESERVING,  PICKLING        125 

sterilized  glasses  and  wlieii  firm,  about  12  hours 
later,  cover  with  paraffin. 

CRAB    APPLE    JELLY 

Wash  and  quarter  firm  crab  apples.  Place  in 
enough  water  to  cover  and  when  soft  drain 
through  cheese  cloth  bag.  Use  equal  parts  of  sugar 
and  juice  and  cook  until  a  drop  will  thicken  on  a 
cold  plate. 

Pour  into  sterilized  jars  and  let  stand  covered 
24  hours.    Cover  with  paraffin. 

BLACF<BEHKV    JELLY 

Use  only  firm  berries,  not  very  ripe.  Lift  from 
the  last  water  and  place  dripping  in  a  cooking  pan. 
Cook  15  minutes  after  boiling  begins.  Strain 
through  thick  cloth.  Add  equal  parts  of  sugar  and 
cook  until  a  small  amount  will  thicken  on  a  cold 
])late.  Strain  again  into  jelly  glasses.  When  firm 
cover  with  paraffin. 

CRANBEKUV  JELLY^ 
(1  glass) 

1  ('.  (•raiil)erries  (selected)        Y^  c.  sugar 
1/3  e.  water 

Pick  over  cranberries,  wash  and  measure.  Add 
water  and  cook  slowly  about  15  minutes.  Press 
through  strainer,  add  sugar  and  cook  5  minutes 
longer.     Turn  into  molds  and  let  stand  until  firm. 


126  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

The  cranberry  is  the  fruit  of  a  slender  creeping 
plant,  a  native  of  the  Atlantic  coast,  but 
grows  to  some  extent  in  the  North  Central  States. 
It  requires  a  sandy,  marshy  land  and  a  high  alti- 
tude. It  is  harvested  about  the  first  of  August  and 
may  be  kept  in  storage  from  6  weeks  to  three 
months  before  being  placed  upon  the  market. 

Canning.  When  canning  fruits,  a  small  amount 
of  sugar  is  usually  added  to  the  water  which  covers 
the  fruit  in  the  jars.  The  amount  depends  upon 
the  taste.  From  2  tbsp.  to  1  c.  for  each  qt.  may  be 
used. 

When  canning  vegetables,  1  tsp.  of  salt  to  each 
({uart  of  water  may  be  used.  Acids  or  preserva- 
tives should  never  be  used,  as  they  harden  the 
cellulose. 

To  prepare  jars.  AVash  jars  and  tops  in  clean, 
warm  suds.  Place  in  a  pan  of  cold  water,  enough 
to  cover,  and  boil  20  minutes.  This  is  called  ster- 
ilizing. 

To  Can  Berries 

Pack  a  sterilized  jar  full  of  freshly  washed  ber- 
ries. Pour  over  them  a  syrup  made  of  1  qt.  water 
and  14  ^-  sugar.  Place  in  a  deep  pan  or  kettle, 
which  has  in  it  some  screening  or  wire  enough  to 
keep  the  jar  from  resting  flat  on  the  bottom  of 
the  kettle,  and  fill  with  warm  water  enough  to 
come  up  to  within  an  inch  of  the  top  of  the  jar. 


CANNING,  PRESERVING,  PICKLING        127 

Cook,  with  the  lid  off,  for  30  minutes  after  the 
water  begins  to  boil.  Put  on  the  rubber,  which  has 
been  sterilized,  and  fasten  down  the  lid  per- 
manently. Invert  the  jar  and  let  it  stand  for  24 
hours.  Then  place  in  the  kettle  in  cold  water, 
bring  to  the  boiling  point,  and  copk  30  minutes. 
Let  cool  and  repeat  the  third  day  if  there  is  any 
doubt  that  the  sterilization  is  not  complete.  All 
berries  may  be  cooked  by  this  recipe.  Pears, 
peaches,  and  apples  may  be  cooked  in  water  until 
they  can  be  pierced,  then  packed  in  the  jars.  The 
first  day's  cooking  will  suffice. 

To  Can  Asparagus 

Cut  stalks  of  proper  length  to  fill  jars.  Wash 
in  cold  water  and  pack  firmly  in  the  jar,  arranging 
stalks  as  uniformly  as  possible  with  tip  ends 
up.  Force  extra  stalks  in  the  center  of  the  can, 
tips  down,  to  insure  a  firm  pack.  Pour  over  cooled, 
boiled  water  to  which  has  been  added  the  propor- 
tion of  salt.  Cook  for  the  three  days  as  directed 
for  "Berries."  Spores  grow  more  rapidly  in 
quick-growth  fruit  or  vegetables.  Asparagus, 
beans,  corn,  tomatoes,  peas,  etc.,  must  all  be 
cooked  the  three  successive  days.  The  general 
directions  for  asparagus  may  be  followed  with 
successful  results  when  canning  the  other  vege- 
tables named. 

Preserving.     A  syrup  of  equal  parts  of  sugar 


128  FOOD  AXl)  CLOTHING 

and  water  is  first  iiiatle.  Finn  fruits  wliicli  have 
been  pared  and  cut  into  pieces,  are  cooked  in  tliis 
syrup  until  tlie  liquid  will  jelly.  They  should  be 
canned  in  sterilized  jars  and  perfectly  sealed.  Soft 
fruits  and  berries  when  cooked  in  this  syrup  fall  to 
pieces  and  are  called  jam.  JeiUI  tests  for  thorough 
cooking  are  the  same  as  for  preserves.  When  fruits 
with  the  seeds  removed  are  cooked  until  the  cel- 
lulose is  entirely  softened  and  much  of  the  mois- 
ture evaporated,  they  are  called  butters.  Sugar 
and  spices  are  added  just  before  the  butter  is  taken 
fi-om  the  fire,  to  suit  the  individual  taste,  though 
care  must  be  taken  not  to  add  so  much  that  the 
natural  taste  of  the  fruit  is  destroyed. 

ORANGE  MARMAT.ADE 

6  oranges  3  qts.  water 

2  lemons  6  e.  sugar 

Cut  oranges  and  lemons  in  thin  slices,  crosswdse, 
removing  the  seeds.  Add  to  the  water  and  let  stand 
in  a  covered  vessel  24  hours.  Boil  slowdy  for  3 
hours.  Add  the  sugar  and  cook  until  the  juice 
will  test  as  jelly. 

Pickling".  A  weakened  \'inegar  water  with  sugar 
and  spices  added  to  suit  the  taste,  is  scalded  and 
turned  over  fruit  or  vegetables  in  jars,  and  sealed 
The  fruit  is  usually  cooked  in  simmering  w^ater 
until  tender,  packed  in  the  jars  and  the  pickling 
juice  poured  over  the  fruit  until  the  jar  is  filled. 


CANNING,  PRESERVING,  PICKLING        129 

Peaches,  apples,  pears,  melon  rind,  beets,  beans, 
etc.,  are  used  mostly  for  pickling.  Melon  rind 
should  be  soaked  in  strong  salt  ice  water  for  an 
hour  before  cooking. 

SALTED    CHERRIES 

Fill  fruit  jars  with  fresh  washed  cherries  on  the 
stem.  Pour  over  them  equal  parts  of  vinegar  and 
water  with  1  tsp.  of  salt  to  each  pt.  of  liquid.  All 
ingredients  should  be  cold.    Seal. 

1.  Why  do  we  cook  soine  fruits  and  vegetables  three 
successive  days  in  jars,  while  others  require  only  one 
day? 

2.  Why  do  we  wait  until  a  great  amount  of  water 
has  evaporated  from  oui-  jellies  and  preserves  before 
adding  the  sugar? 

3.  What  is  the  length  of  time  recpiired  to  sterilize 
jars,  lids,  etc?     Why? 


SECOND  YEAR 

CHAPTER  XIII 

EGGS 

As  a  thickening  agent.  Since  protein  coagu- 
lates when  slow  heat  is  applied  and  eggs  contain 
a  high  percentage  of  protein,  their  value  as  a 
thickening  agent  may  be  readily  seen  when  the 
proper  amount  of  heat  for  a  given  length  of  time 
is  applied.  The  proper  cooking  of  eggs  as  this  me- 
dium is  absolutely  a  test  of  skill  and  judgment. 
If  cooked  10  seconds  too  long  or  if  too  much  heat 
is  applied  the  dish  may  be  ruined.  Foods  thick- 
ened by  eggs  are  called  custards. 

Custards  are  a  composition  of  eggs  and  milk 
cooked  very  lightly.  In  custards  of  the  best  qual- 
ity only  sugar,  salt,  and  flavoring  are  added,  but 
in  inferior  custards,  starchy  materials  are  used  in 
place  of  the  required  number  of  eggs.  There  are 
two  classes  of  custards,  finn  and  liquid.  The  firm 
custard  is  cooked,  undisturbed,  until  firm,  AVhen 
properly  cooked,  it  has  a  smooth  jelly-like  con- 
sistency throughout.  If  cooked  too  long  or  at  too 
high  a  temperature,  it  is  full  of  holes,  curdles  and 
wheys.    A  firm  custard  is  cooked  sufficiently  when 

130 


EGGS  131 

the  center  is  firm.  Thin  custards  are  cooked  over 
water,  which  is  below  the  boiling  point,  until  they 
coat  the  spoon,  and  are  stirred  during-  the  entire 
time  required  for  cooking.  If  cooked  too  long 
they  will  curdle. 

Proportion  of  egg  to  milk: 

1  e.  milk  and  1  egg  gives  a  thin  oustard. 
1  e.  milk  and  2  eggs  gives  a  firm  custard. 
1  tbsp.  milk  and  1  egg  gives  a  custard  that  may  be 
cut  in  figures  for  consommes. 

THIN  CUSTARD 

^2  c,  milk  1/16  tsp.  salt 

8  drops  vanilla  1  tbsp.  1  tsp.  sugar 

^  egg  yolk 

Beat  the  yolk  until  light  colored.  Add  the  sugar 
and  salt  and  mix  thoroughly.  Heat  the  milk  over 
hot  water  and  stir  in  the  yolk  mixture.  Stir  con- 
tinually until  it  coats  the  spoon.  Remove,  add 
vanilla  and  pour  into  a  soup  plate.  Beat  the  egg- 
white  until  stiff  and  dry,  folding  in  1  tsp.  sugar. 
Drop  by  spoonfuls  on  the  top  of  the  custard, 
forming  each  portion  in  cone  shape. 

This  is  decidedly  a  child's  dish,  though  grown 
people  would  be  much  better  off  if  they  ate  more 
desserts  of  this  simple  variety. 

FIRM    CUSTARD 

1/2  c.  milk  1/16  tsp.  salt 

1  egg  1  tbsp.  1  tsp.  sugar 

(lash  nutmeg  or  8  drops  vanilla 


1;12  FOOD  AND  (M.OTTTTXG 

Mix  the  eg;i>-  white  and  yolk  until  thoroughly 
blended.  Add  sugar  and  salt  and  beat  until  well 
mixed,  then  add  t(>  the  milk  and  stir  until  the  sugar 
is  dissolved.  Strain  into  buttered  baking  cups  and 
cook  in  a  moderate  oven,  with  the  cups  in  water, 
until  the  center  is  firm.  The  water  in  which  the 
cups  are  placed  nmst  not  be  too  hot  or  the  custard 
will  curdle  at  the  bottom.  This  will  require  about 
30  minutes  to  cook. 

1.  Give  the  different  food  elements  in  ;i  enstard. 

2.  Why  is  eiistard  easy  to  digest? 

3.  Why  is  it  a  good  food  for  cliildi'cn  or  invalids? 

BREAD   PUDDING 

^  e.  bread  chunks  1^  tbsp.  sugar 

3/2  c.  milk  ^  egg  yolk 

1/16  tsp.  salt  dash  nutmeg 

Beat  the  yolk  thoi-oughly,  add  the  sugar,  salt 
and  milk  and  stir  until  the  sugar  is  dissolved.  Pour 
this  over  the  bread  chunks  and  turn  all  into  a  but- 
tered baking  cup,  and  bake  as  for  firm  custard. 
Raisins  may  be  added  to  this.  Sprinkle  the  nut- 
meg over  the  top  or  add  8  drops  of  vanilla  to  the 
milk  before  mixing  it  with  the  bread.  When  the 
pudding  is  firm,  remove  from  the  oven,  spread  a 
layer  of  jelly  over  the  top  and  on  this  roughly  pile 
the  white  of  the  egg,  after  it  has  been  beaten  stiff 
and  dry,  with  2  tsp.  sugar  added.  Return  to  the 
oven  to  brown  slightly. 


EGGS  1:33 


Bread  Puddini^'  is  a  very  old  and  wbolesome  des- 
sert, but  it  has  l)eeii  out  of  favor  on  account  of 
the  poor  substitutes  which  have  been  offered  in 
the  jjhice  of  good  Bread  Pudding. 

CHOCOLATE  CITSTARD 

y^  c.  milk  2  tbsp.  sugar 

Yo  egg  1/16  tsp.  salt 

1  tbsp.  shaved  chocolate  1  tbsp.  tlour 

8  drops  vanilla. 

Blend  the  sugar,  flour,  salt  and  eg^  together. 
Heat  the  milk  and  chocolate  over  hot  water  until 
the  chocolate  has  dissolved.  Stir  into  the  egg  mix- 
ture and  cook  for  8  minutes.  Add  vanilla  and  turn 
into  cold  molds.  Serve  cold.  More  chocolate  and 
sugar  may  be  added  to  suit  the  taste. 

BLANC    MANGE 

lA  e.  milk  1  tbsp.  flour 

y2  e^^  1/16  tsp.   salt 

2  tbsp.  sugar  8  drops  vanilla 

Make  as  Chocolate  Custard.  Serve  with  chopped 
nuts  and  maple  syrup  or  any  crushed  fruits  over 
the  top. 

RICE    PUDDING 

%  e.  cooked  rice  ^4  ^-  liquid  custard 

(uncooked) 

Mix  rice  with  custard,  add  raisins,  and  bake  in 


134  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

slow  oven  until  firm.  Beaten  egg  white  (meringue) 
may  be  added  to  tlie  top. 

MACAROON   PITDDING 
(Serve  4) 

^  tbsp.  gelatine  3  tbsp.  sugar 

2  tbsp.  cold  water  1/16  tsp.  salt 

1  e.  milk  1/3  e.  crushed  macaroons 

1  egg  yolk  y2  tsp.  vanilla 

2  tbsp.   crushed   almonds  1  egg  white 

2  tbsp.  white  raisins  (cut  in  halves) 

Soak  gelatine  in  cold  water  for  10  minutes.  Make 
liquid  custard  of  egg  yolk,  milk,  sugar  and  salt. 
Add  tbe  gelatine  and,  when  thoroughly  dissolved, 
put  on  ice.  When  it  begins  to  tliicken,  fold  in  the 
stiffly  beaten  egg  white,  add  the  almonds,  mac- 
aroons and  raisins,  and  mold  either  in  individual 
dishes  or  in  loaf  form.    Serve  with  whipped  cream. 


CHAPTER  XIV 

BEEF,  FOWL,  GAME 

The  tender  cuts  of  beef  are  from  the  loin,  the 
least  used  of  any  of  the  muscular  parts  of  the  body 
— hence  its  tenderness.  The  connective  tissue  is 
small  in  amount  and  the  tubes  making  up  the  tissue 
bundles  are  thin,  but  contain  a  high  percentage  of 
liquid. 

Effect  of  heat.  For  this  reason  the  tender  cuts 
of  beef  require  but  little  cooking  and  it  may  be 
done  at  a  high  temperature.  The  extreme  heat  ap- 
plied to  the  surface  of  the  meat,  causes  the  juices 
to  change  to  steam  which  cannot  escape  because 
of  the  crust  formed  on  the  outside.  This  steam  is 
sufficient  to  break  down  the  connective  tissue  and 
to  coagulate  the  albumen. 

Thei  food  value.  These  cuts  of  meat  are  desir- 
able chiefly  because  of  the  ease  with  which  they 
may  be  digested,  but  as  a  matter  of  fact,  they  do 
not  contain  as  much  nutriment  as  some  of  the 
tough  parts.  The  loin  cuts  are  the  choice  pieces  of 
meat  and  are  expensive.  The  value  received  from 
them  is  only  attained  by  proper  cooking.  Many 
fine  pieces  of  meat  are  prepared  in  such  a  way  that 

135 


136  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

they  contain  no  more  nutrition  or  taste,  and  are 
no  better  than  the  cheapest  cut  of  the  beef. 

PAN-BROILED  STEAK 

Select  a  porter-house  or  sirloin  steak,  1  to  li/. 
in.  thick.  Wipe  with  damp  cloth,  trim  off  fat  and 
bone.  Rub  a  piece  of  the  fat  over  an  iron  skillet 
and,  when  it  is  smoking  hot,  put  in  the  meat,  in- 
creasing the  heat,  and  turn  constantly  from  10  to 
20  minutes.  This  turning  will  prevent  the  juices 
from  escaping.  Serve  on  a  hot  platter,  with  slices 
of  lemon,  parsley  or  a  butter  sauce.  Do  not  add 
salt  or  pepper  until  the  last.  A  sauce  may  be  ma(k^ 
by  browning  4  tbsp.  each  of  butter  and  flour,  add- 
ing 2  c.  milk  and,  when  sufficiently  cooked,  turning 
in  1  c.  mushrooms.  This  may  be  served  over  the 
steak  or  with  it. 

1.  Locate  on  the  meat  chart  a  cut  of  sirloin  steak. 

2.  AVhy  will  it  cook  in  10  inin..  while  it  requires  1  hr. 
for  a  round  steak? 

3.  What  is  the  cost  of  sirloin  steak  per  lb. .' 

BROILED   STEAK 

Many  stoves  have  broiler  attachments  and,  when 
possible,  this  is  the  ideal  way  to  cook  tender  steaks. 
Prepare  as  for  pan-broiled.  Lay  on  the  grill  of 
the  broiler  and  with  the  tire  high,  cook  from  8  to 
10  minutes. 

PLANKED    STEAK 

Prepare  steak  as  for  pan-broiling,  using  a  pre- 


BEEF,  FOWL,  GAME  137 

pared  oak  board  instead  of  the  skillet.  Heat  the 
plank  in  a  hot  oven,  lay  on  the  steak  and  return 
to  the  oven,  the  temperature  very  high.  Cook  from 
10  to  20  minutes.  Remove,  spread  with  butter, 
salt,  pepper,  and  garnish  with  potatoes  forced 
through  a  pastry  bag,  heated  mushrooms  and 
creamed  peas.  Slices  of  lemon  and  parsley  add 
to  the  appearance. 

ROAST  BEEF   AND   BROWN   GRAVY 

Buy  the  third,  fourth  and  fifth  ribs  with  the 
bone.  This  will  w^eigii  from  three  to  four  ]l)s. 
Bone,  wipe  with  a  damp  cloth,  add  1  tsp.  salt  for 
each  pound,  in  the  places  where  the  bones  were 
removed.  If  desired,  1/16  tsp.  ground  cloves,  some 
paprika  and  a  small  piece  of  bay  leaf  may  be 
added.  Cut  the  suet  in  small  strips  and  add  it 
also.  Roll  and  tie  and  sear  (in  the  baking  pan 
on  top  of  the  stove)  until  w^ell  browned  on  both 
ends.  Fasten  the  lid  and  bake  in  a  moderate  oven, 
allowing  20  minutes  to  the  pound.  Do  not  put 
water  in  with  the  meat.  Remove  to  a  platter  and 
add  to  the  liquid  and  fat  in  the  pan  equal  parts  of 
flour,  and  brown.  Pour  over  this  the  water  from 
the  bones  and  cook  as  for  white  sauce,  scraping 
loose  all  brown  particles  from  the  edge  and  bot- 
tom of  the  pan.  If  the  gravy  is  light  in  color  small 
amounts  of  beef  extract  may  be  added. 

To  bone  a  roast.    With  a  sharp  knife  cut  very 


138  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

close  around  tlie  bones  and  remove.  This  does 
not  require  any  special  skill  and  is  a  matter  of 
great  economy.  Besides  knowing  that  it  is  done 
in  a  cleanly  manner,  the  bones  may  be  placed  in 
cold  salt  water  and  simmered  for  an  hour  or  so, 
and  this  extract  used  for  soups  or  gravies. 

To  carve  a  rolled  roast.  Place  the  fork,  tines 
up,  in  the  side  next  to  the  carver,  midway  of  the 
roll  as  it  stands  on  end.  Then  with  a  sharp  knife, 
slice  the  meat,  beginning  at  the  farther  side  and 
cut  toward  the  fork.  Remove  each  slice,  with  the 
knife,  to  the  edge  of  the  platter.  The  fork  should 
not  be  removed  until  the  carving  is  done,  except 
to  lower  its  place  in  the  roast. 

1.  Why  is  boning  a  roast  at  home  an  economy? 

2.  Why  is  it  a  cleaner  method? 

3.  How  can  the  bones  be  used? 

FowtjS 

The  breast  of  chicken  and  game  is  considered 
to  be  very  easily  digested,  while  the  dark  meat  is 
tough  and  hard  to  liquify.  The  cooking  of  fowls 
and  game  should  be  at  a  low  temperature  and  for 
a  long  time,  except  in  the  case  of  very  young  birds, 
when  the  breast  may  be  broiled.  The  greatest  fault 
of  the  untrained  housekeeper  in  the  cooking  of 
these  meats,  is  in  trying  to  hurry  the  process,  while 
only  the  long,  slow  application  of  heat  can  bring 
about  the  desired  results. 


BEEF,  FOWL,  GAME  139 

To  dress  a  chicken.  The  head  should  be  sev- 
ered from  the  body  to  allow  free  bleeding.  Im- 
merse the  entire  chicken  in  a  pail  of  water  just  be- 
low the  boiling  point,  holding  it  by  the  feet,  and 
lifting  it  up  and  down  until  it  is  entirely  wet,  then 
plunge  in  a  pail  of  cold  water.  When  cool  enough 
to  handle,  pull  or  rub  off  the  feathers.  If  the 
chicken  is  young,  there  will  be  small  inn  feathers 
on  the  wings,  back  and  legs ;  if  it  is  old,  there  will 
be  long  hairs  on  the  skin.  To  remove  the  pin 
feathers  requires  long,  careful  work  by  scraping 
and  pulling  with  a  knife.  The  hairs  may  be  singed 
off  by  holding  over  a  quick  blaze. 

If  the  fowl  is  to  be  cooked  whole,  an  opening 
should  be  made  just  below  the  breast  bone,  from 
thigh  to  thigh  and  the  internal  organs  removed, 
care  being  taken  that  the  gall  is  not  burst.  The 
liver,  gizzard  and  heart  should  be  cut  from  the  rest 
of  the  organs  and  cleaned  for  use.  If  the  chicken 
is  to  be  jointed  the  following  directions  may  be 
observed :  First,  remove  the  wings ;  second,  re- 
move the  first  and  second  leg  joints  together,  then 
separate;  third,  open  the  body  below  the  breast 
bone  by  cutting  the  thin  membrane  there  and  be- 
tween the  back  and  the  breast ;  fourth,  remove  the 
internal  organs,  with  their  fastenings  to  the  back ; 
fifth,  cut  the  thin  membrane  which  joins  the  back 
to  the  breast  and  sever ;  sixth,  break  the  back  from 
the  ribs,  and  remove  the  oil  sack ;  seventh,  cut  the 


140  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

neck  from  the  ribs ;  eighth,  remove  the  wish  bone 
and  divide  the  breast. 

FRIED  CHICKEN  AND  CREAM  GRAVY 

Joint  a  small,  young  chicken.  Salt,  i^epper  and 
roll  in  flour.  Have  an  iron  skillet  warming.  Put 
in  it  14  c.  lard  and  14  c.  butter.  When  melted  and 
hot,  lay  in  pieces  of  chicken  and  turn  fire  low  so 
that  the  pieces  will  brown  but  not  burn.  Turn 
often  to  brown  evenly.  When  well  cooked,  re- 
move to  hot  platter.  Dust  into  the  hot  grease  4 
tbsp.  flour  and  14  tsp.  salt,  stir  until  brown.  Add 
2  c.  rich  sweet  milk  and  let  simmer.  Serve  in 
separate  dish. 

SMOTHERED    CHICKEN 

Joint  a  young  fat  hen.  Salt  (1  tsp.  for  each  lb.) , 
roll  each  piece  thoroughly  in  ilour  and  lay  in  a 
baking  dish.  Pour  over  this  3  c.  cold  water  and 
place  in  a  moderate  oven  and  cook,  undisturbed, 
for  two  hours. 

BAKED  TriiKKY 

When  baking-  a  young  turkey  allow  15  minut(\s 
for  each  pound.  An  old  bird  should  be  steamed 
an  hour  and  then  baked  the  required  time.  When 
thoroughly  cleaned  inside  and  out,  salt,  allowing 
1  tsp.  for  each  lb.,  fill  with  oyster  or  chestnut  dress- 
ing, sew  the  skin  together  at  the  neck  and  at  the 
lower  opening ;  tie  the  legs  together  and  the  wings 


BEEF,  FOWL,  GAME  141 

to  the  body.  Bake  in  a  covered  pan,  at  a  moderate 
temperature  the  required  time.  When  an  open 
pan  must  be  used,  a  cloth  covered  with  a  layer  of 
dough  may  be  laid  over  the  bird  to  hold  the  steam. 

BAKED  CHICKEN 

■  Follow  directions  for  Baked  Turkey,  using  an 
onion  dressing. 

ONION     DKESSING 

2  tbsp.  melted  butter  or  1/16  tsp.  pepper 

baeon  fryings  Yi  tsp.  salt 

2  c.  bread  chunks  3^  tsp.  sage 

2  tbsp.  chopped  onion 

hot  water  to  thoroughly  moisten 

When  mixing,  use  a  fork,  so  as  not  to  make  the 
dressing  compact. 

OYSTER    DRESSING 

2  c.  bread  chunks  2  tbsp.  melted  butter 

1  tsp.  salt  1/16  tsj).  pepper 

1   c.  oysters  (if  large,  cut  water  to  thoroughly  moisten 
in  fourths) 

BAKED    GOOSE 

Simmer  gently  in  a  covered  vessel  1  hour.  Stuff 
with  dressing  made  of  2  c.  bread  crumbs,  1  c.  diced 
raw  apples,  Vi>  c.  raisins,  1  tsp.  salt,  cold  water  to 
moisten.  Bake  slowly  15  minutes  for  each  lb. 
Make  gravy  from  water  in  which  goose  was  par- 
boiled. 


142  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

QUAIL 

Quail  should  be  picked  dry,  never  skinned  or 
scalded.  Bemove  head  and  feet  and  open  down 
the  back.  This  leaves  the  breast  whole.  Follow 
recipe  for  fried  chicken. 

Carving  a  Fowl 

The  craving  knife  should  be  thoroughly  sharp- 
ened before  it  is  placed  on  the  table.  Never  place 
the  steel  on  with  the  set.  The  rasping  sound  that 
is  made  as  the  knife  is  drawn  over  the  steel  is 
very  disagreeable  and  it  is  the  duty  of  every  house- 
wife to  see  that  this  is  not  a  necessary  preliminary 
to  the  carving. 

To  stand  while  carving  is  permissible,  but  as 
sitting  is  more  agreeable  to  most  people,  it  is  as 
easy  to  learn  one  way  as  another  and  beginners 
should  practice  sitting  while  carving. 

If  possible,  have  a  platter  large  enough  to  hold 
the  bird  and  the  slices  after  carving,  if  not,  an 
extra  one  should  be  provided.  Lay  the  bird  on 
the  platter  with  the  head  toward  the  left.  The 
fork  is  placed  astride  the  breast  bone  and  should 
not  be  removed  up  to  the  No.  8. 

1.  Sever  the  drum  stick  from  the  second  joint. 

2.  After  the  thin  membrane  which  joins  the  second 
or  thigh  joint  to  the  body  has  been  cut,  this  piece  can 
be  pushed  from  the  body  with  the  dull  side  of  the  knife 


BEEF,  FOWL,  GAME  U3 

and  then  severed  by  raising  the  bird  a  little  to  avoid 
cutting  against  the  platter. 

3.  Cut  around  the  wing  and  sever  the  same  way. 

4.  If  but  half  of  the  bird  is  needed,  begin  to  slice  the 
breast  by  letting  the  knife  follow  a  slanting  line  from 
the  front  side  of  the  breast  toward  the  wing  joint, 
otherwise  remove  wing  and  leg  on  both  sides  tirst. 

5.  Remove  wish  bone  by  putting  knife  under  it  at 
the  point  of  the  breast  and  turning  it  back. 

6.  Remove  shoulder  blade  by  putting  the  point  of 
the  knife  under  it,  turning  it  back  and  cutting  the 
sinews. 

7.  Tip  the  bird  slightly,  and  remove  the  meat  known 
as  the  oyster  and  other  pieces  of  meat  found  on  the  side 
bone. 

8.  Cut  through  the  skin  between  the  breast  and  ribs 
in  order  to  have  access  to  the  dressing. 

9.  Cut  through  the  cartilage  which  unites  the  breast 
and  ribs  and  remove  the  breast  bone. 

10.  Turn  the  piece  over,  then  place  the  back  of  the 
knife  on  the  piece  which  unites  back  and  ribs,  lift  the 
back  piece  with  the  fork,  thus  breaking  the  joints  and 
separating  the  two. 

11.  Lay  the  back  on  the  platter  inside  down  and 
separate  in  two  pieces. 

12.  Cut  thigh  in  two  or  three  pieces.  Serve  each 
plate  with  light  and  dark  meat  and  dressing. 


CHAPTER  XV 

WARMED-OVER  DISHES 

In  no  other  way  does  a  housekeeper  display  her 
skill  so  much  as  in  the  making  of  left-overs  into 
attractive  and  nutritious  dishes.  It  has  been  truly 
said  that  the  untrained  housekeeper  wastes  half  of 
what  she  buys. 

To  be  successful  she  must  know  the  classes  of 
foods,  the  proportions  of  each  necessary  to  make  a 
balanced  food,  which  and  how  much  of  flavoring 
foods  will  be  required  to  give  the  desired  result. 

Generally  we  observe  these  rules :  If  the  left- 
over is  a  protein,  we  must  add  a  starch  and  fat  to 
make  a  balanced  food;  if  it  is  a  starchy  food,  we 
add  protein  and  fat.  Such  flavoring  as  onions, 
smoked  meats,  spices,  etc.,  are  used  when  the 
foods  in  combination  have  no  decided  flavor.  Often 
in  the  using  of  left-overs  from  roasts,  steaks,  etc., 
the  flavor  has  been  extracted  in  the  cooking  or  it 
is  the  end  cuts  which  have  no  particular  flavor. 

Condiments 

Seasoning  and  spices  are  used  to  give  relish  to 
food  and  to  gratify  the  taste. 

There  is  great  danger  of  forming  an  appetite 
for  these  seasonings  to  such  a  degree  that  the 
flavor  of  the  food  may  be  entirely  lost,  and  as  they 

144 


WARMED-OVER  DISHES  145 

also  stimulate  the  How  ol'  tlio  (li.ij;estive  juices  their 
excessive  use  is  injurious  from  that  standpoint. 

Pepper  is  either  black,  white,  or  red.  Black 
pepper  is  the  whole  dried  pepper  corn,  ground. 
AYliite  pepper  is  dried  pepper  corn  ground  after 
the  black  outer  husk  is  removed.  Red  pepper,  or 
Cayenne,  is  ground  dried  pods  of  the  Chili  pepper. 

Ginger  is  an  underground  stem  and  contains 
starch.  AVhen  young  it  may  be  preserved  and  is 
called  candied  ginger.  When  dried  it  is  ground 
into  a  powder. 

Cinnamon  is  the  bark  of  a  small  tree,  the  best 
grade  coming  from  Ceylon.  We  may  buy  it  eitlier 
as  a  bark  or  powder. 

Nutmeg  and  mace  are  from  the  same  plant.  Nut- 
meg is  made  by  grinding  the  nut  and  mace  by 
grinding  the  covering  of  the  nut.  The  tree  is  cul- 
tivated in  the  West  Indies. 

Cloves  are  the  flower  buds  of  a  plant.  These, 
when  dried,  may  be  ground  or  used  whole. 

Allspice  is  the  dried  pimento,  ground. 

Pimentoes  are  the  berries  from  a  tree  in  the 
West  Indies. 

MEAT  PIE 
(Serve  2) 
From  cold   roast,  steaks,  or  boiled  meat. 
1  e.  chopped  meat  Salt-pepper 

1  tbsp.  chopped  onion  paprika 

1  c.  white  sauce  "2  to  1"       to  suit  taste 
1  tsp.  dried  parsley 


146  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Add  other  ingredients  to  white  sauce  and  pour 
in  a  baking  dish.  Spread  over  the  top  a  crust  1/8 
in.  thick  made  from  biscuit  dough,  using  twice  the 
amount  of  shortening.  Bake  20  minutes  in  a  hot 
oven. 

1.  Why  add  onion  and  parsley  ? 

2.  Tell  how  yon  eonld  make  over  into  a  palatable  dish, 
1  c.  rice,  1  c.  cold  mashed  potatoes,  1  c.  canned  tomatoes. 

HASH   BALLS 

1  tbsp.  ground  meat  1  tbsp.   cold  mashed  pota- 

^  tsp.  salt  toes  or  rice 

Yi  tsp.  diced  onion 
Yi,  egg  or  1  tbsp.  of  white  sauce  or  tomato  sauce  "  2  to  1. " 

Mix  all  together,  mold  into  small  flat  cakes,  and 
saute  in  bacon  f  ryings  until  browned  on  both  sides. 

1.  Why  use  bacon  f ryings? 

2.  Name  the  food  elements  in  these  cakes. 

TAMALA   PIE 

(Serve  6) 

1  c.  ground  meat  from  1  c.  hot  water  with  1  tsp. 
roast  beef       extract    or  1     c. 

2  c.  hot  cornmeal  mush  brown  gravy 

Season  the  meat  with  chili  pepper  and  paprika 
to  suit  the  taste.  Mix  thoroughly  wdth  the  gravy. 
Line  the  bottom  of  the  pan  with  a  layer  of  the 
mush,  turn  in  the  meat,  and  spread  the  remainder 


WARMED-OVER  DISHES  147 

of  the  mush  on  top.  Bake  in  a  hot  oven  20  minutes. 
There  are  several  brands  of  the  chili  peppers  on 
the  market,  some  inferior  and  some  very  good. 
The  use  of  these  peppers  is  not  recommended  ex- 
cept in  very  small  amounts  to  serve  as  flavoring 
in  an  otherwise  tasteless  dish. 

CREAMED    CHICKEN 

(Serve  10) 

Use  meat  from  a  cold  roasted  or  steamed  chicken. 

J4  c.  butter  or  chicken   fat        1  tsp.  salt 
2  c.  milk  or  chicken  broth        2c.  cut  chicken 
^  tsp.  white  pepper  ^  c.  tiour 

Cut  chicken  in  small  pieces.  Make  white  sauce 
of  fat,  flour,  milk.  Add  salt  and  pepper.  Put 
chicken  in  white  sauce  and  when  warmed  through 
serve  on  toast,  wafers  or  rosettes.  1  c.  mushrooms 
may  be  added  to  the  white  sauce. 

When  serving  light  refreshments,  one  four  lb. 
hen  will  make  about  4  c.  of  cut  chicken  and  should 
serve  from  25  to  30  people. 

CREAMED   BEEF 

The  same  proportions  may  be  used  as  for 
creamed  chicken.  However,  the  gravy  from  meat 
will  make  a  better  sauce  and  often  a  few  pieces 
of  onion  and  diced  potato  are  added.  This  is 
sometimes  called  hash. 

Croquettes  are  another  very  attractive  form  of 


148  FOOD  AND  CLOTHTNG 

using  up  left-overs,  but  for  some  they  are  indi,2:est- 
ible  on  account  of  tlie  fat  they  absorb;  thougli,  if 
properly  made  and  cooked,  very  little  fat  pene- 
trates through  the  egg  and  crnm  coating. 

A  very  heavy  white  sauce  is  made, — 1  c.  milk,  2 
tbsp.  fat  and  4  of  flour.  When  cold,  the  meat  or 
vegetable,  ground  in  small  particles,  is  stirred  in, 
with  such  seasonings  as  will  blend  well.  This  is 
made  into  small  cylindrical  shapes,  rolled  in 
crumbs,  in  beaten  egg,  and  set  aside  to  dry,  about 
30  minutes.  The  thorough  drying  prevents  them 
from  falling  to  pieces  in  the  hot  fat.  Heat  the 
fat  until  a  piece  of  dry  bread  will  brown  in  40 
counts,  then  drop  in  the  croquettes  and  cook  until 
a  golden  brown,  from  40  to  60  seconds. 

The  following  make  very  good  croquettes : 
Ground  chicken,  veal,  beef,  ham;  or  rice,  mac- 
aroni or  cheese.  .  The  amount  of  white  sauce  is 
1/3  that  of  the  other  material. 

MINCEMEAT 

(2  (HUU-ts) 

1  lb.  chopped  apples  34  lb.  raisins 

1  lb.  ground  boiled   meat  2  tsp.  salt 

1  lb.  currants  y^  e.  sugar 

1^  c.  apple  vinegar  ^^  lb.  suet 

(weakened  to  suit  taste)  J/^  tsp.  cinnamon 

%  tsp.  mace  5^  tsp.  allspice 

Chop  apples,  meat,  and  suet  and  mix.  Add  the 
currants,  raisins,  spices,  sugar,  salt.     Pour  over 


WARMED-OVER  DISHES  149 

all  the  vinegar  and  cook  slowly  until  lieated 
through.  Seal  up  in  jars  until  ready  to  use.  Keep 
in  cool  place.  When  ready  to  be  made  into  pies, 
1/8  c.  chopped  nuts  may  be  added  to  each  pie. 

1.  Estimate  the  cost  of  each  quart  of  mincemeat. 

2.  What  is  your  idea  as  to  its  food  value? 

3.  Is  it  an  extravagant  pie  for  a  person  in  ordinary 
circumstances  ? 

4.  Where  is  the  best  cooking  suet  found?  (see  Fats). 

5.  What  cut  of  meat  is  most  used  for  mincemeat  ? 


CHAPTER  XVI 

FATS  AND  OILS 

Generally  we  give  the  name  fata  to  the  solids 
and  oils  to  the  liquids.  However,  since  the  tem- 
perature has  such  a  marked  effect  upon  them,  this 
classification  will  not  hold.  We  also  generally 
speak  of  obtaining  fats  from  animals  and  oils  from 
vegetables,  but  recently  several  vegetable  oils 
have  been  manufactured  which  are  solids  when 
cold. 

The  fats  and  oils  most  used  are  obtained  from 
meat,  fish,  poultry,  butter,  cream,  olives,  nuts, 
cocoa  bean  and  cotton  seed. 

Olive  oil  is  obtained  from  the  fruit  of  the  olive 
tree.  The  best  oil  is  obtained  from  the  first  press- 
ing of  fresh,  carefully  picked  fruit;  a  poorer 
grade  from  the  second  pressing;  and  after  treat- 
ing the  pulp  with  hot  water,  a  third  grade  used 
for  soap  making.  In  some  parts  of  Europe,  espe- 
cially Italy,  it  is  commonly  employed  for  frying, 
but  in  this  country  it  is  generally  too  expensive. 
It  is,  however,  best  of  all  fats  for  deep  frying  and 
can  be  heated  to  600  degrees. 

Cotton-seed  oil,  when  of  the  best  quality,  is 
excellent  for  table  use.     Like  olive  oil  it  is  good 

150 


FATS  AND  OILS  151 

for  deep  frying  and  can  be  heated  to  a  higher  de- 
gree than  lard,  suet,  butter,  etc.  We  buy  it  under 
many  different  names. 

Suet  is  the  adiyjose  tissue  of  cattle,  and  is  found 
around  the  kidneys,  heart  and  intestines.     In  the 
living  body  it  is  in  the  liquid  condition  and  only 
after  death  does  it  become  a  solid,  as  suet,  tallow, . 
etc. 

Lard  is  the  adipose  tissue  of  the  hog.  Leaf 
lard,  which  is  best,  is  found  around  the  heart, 
kidneys  and  intestines. 

Butter,  the  fat  of  milk,  is,  under  the  best  con- 
ditions, an  ideal  fat  on  account  of  its  flavor  and  its 
ease  of  digestion. 

Nuts.  The  term  "nut"  usually  brings  to  our 
mind  a  hard,  woody  covering,  surrounding  a  meat 
or  kernel.  The  kinds  vary  so  with  different  lo- 
calities that  we  are  able  to  study  only  a  few  of 
the  commonest  used  by  us,  as  the  peanut,  English 
walnut,  black  walnut,  and  pecan.  Their  percentage 
of  food  elements  is : 

Water  Protein  Carl)ohydrates  Minerals  Fats 

Peanut  8%  30%,                 20%                 2%  40%, 

Pecan    4%o  12%                 12%,                 2%o  70%; 

Wahiut4%,  18%o                16%o                2%  60%o 

The  percentage  of  protein  is  very  high,  but,  as 
with  cheese,  it  is  in  a  concentrated  form  and 
thorough  mastication  is  necessary  to  insure  ease 


152  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

of  digestion.  Nuts  also  contain  a  small  amount  of 
tannic  acid. 

It  is  only  witliin  the  past  few  years  that  their 
value  as  a  food  was  recognized.  They  are  most 
valuable  when  eaten  with  other  foods,  as  in  salads, 
breads,  and  deserts. 

Digestion  of  fats.  In  the  mouth,  the  sali^■a 
merely  separates  the  fats  into  small  globules  and 
they  pass  on  into  the  stomach  as  such.  In  the 
stomach  they  are  changed  very  little,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  being  split  into  smaller  portions.  As 
they  enter  the  small  intestines  they  are  split  by 
the  pancreatic  juice  into  fatty  acids  and  gycerine. 
A  small  amount  is  absorbed  as  such.  The  bile  next 
acts  upon  the  fats,  forming  an  emulsion  in  which 
the  globules  are  finely  divided  and  rendered  cap- 
able of  passing  through  the  membranes  to  pro- 
duce heat  and  energy. 

The  digestion  of  fats  depends  mainly  upon  get- 
ting the  globules  small  enough  that  they  may  be 
easily  passed  through  the  walls  of  the  intestines. 
Separating  the  fats  into  such  tiny  globules  is  called 
emulsification.  The  alkaline  pancreatic  juice  unites 
with  the  fatty  acid  of  the  fats  to  form  a  soap,  while 
the  glycerine  is  set  free.  Both  the  soap  and  the 
glycerine  are  more  easily  absorbed  than  the 
original  fat. 

Fatty  foods  are  valuable  to  the  body  because  of 
the  material  thev  furnish  for  heat  and   energy. 


FATS  AND  OILS  153 

They  act  in  the  same  way  as  starch  and  sugar,  ex- 
cept that  fats  produce  between  two  and  three  times 
as  much  heat  as  starch. 

Fats  "shorten"  bread  mixtures;  that  is,  make 
them  more  tender  by  separating  the  starch  grains 
of  the  flour.  When  using  a  compound  1/3  less 
must  be  used  than  when  using  lard  or  butter  as 
the  latter  contain  a  percentage  of  water  while  the 
compounds  are  wholly  condensed  fat. 

Heat  has  much  to  do  with  the  digestil)ility  of 
fat,  as  a  strong  heat  scorches  it  and  decomposition 
sets  in  which  causes  it  to  be  irritating  to  the  mucus 
membranes  of  the  digestive  organs. 

1*ASTRY 

Why  pies  are  indigestible.  The  digestion  of  fat 
is  not  begun  in  the  mouth  as  is  that  of  starch.  Fat 
undergoes  no  chemical  change  in  the  system  until 
it  is  emulsified  and  saponified  in  the  small  intes- 
tine. In  making  pastry  the  starch  granules  are 
completely  enveloped  in  fat,  these  cannot  be  acted 
upon  by  the  saliva,  hence  the  digestion  of  starch 
in  pastry  must  be  postponed  until  after  the  fat  is 
acted  upon.  If  the  pancreatic  juice  can  discharge 
its  office,  all  is  well,  if  this  fails,  the  starch  be- 
comes so  much  waste  material.  For  this  reason 
pie  is  looked  upon  with  fear.  Yet,  when  properly 
made,  occasional  indulgence  may  be  permitted. 

Pie   crust.      The  underlying  principle   of  good 


154  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

pastry  is  expansion.  We  place  cold  flour  and  cold 
fat  in  a  bowl  placed  on  crushed  ice.  The  fat  is 
cut  into  the  flour  until  it  resembles  a  meal;  then 
ice  water  is  cut  into  this,  until  the  dough  is  smooth 
and  free  from  fat  or  white  streaks.  Toss  this  on 
a  cold  floured  board  away  from  the  fire,  (a  piece 
of  marble  or  heavy  glass  is  best)  roll  1/16  inch 
thick,  lifting  and  turning  with  each  stroke  of  the 
rolling  pin,  fit  over  the  bottom  of  a  pie  tin,  pierce 
several  times  to  allow  the  steam  to  escape,  and 
bake  in  a  moderate  oven  until  well  done,  about  12 
minutes.  The  air  and  the  ice  water  wdiicli  were 
worked  into  the  cold  materials  expand  immediately 
after  being  placed  in  a  hot  oven;  result — a  flaky, 
crisp  crust.  When  a  baked  shell  is  wanted  it  is 
better  to  invert  the  \rdn  and  fit  the  dough  over  the 
outside. 

Materials:     1/3  as  much  shortening  as  flour. 

1/5  as  much  ice  water  as  flour. 

1/4  tsp.  salt  to  each  c.  of  flour. 
When  using  butter  or  lard.  Yz  as  much  as  flour  may  be 
used. 

Custard  Pie 

One  crust  pies.  Since  pie  tins  differ  so  widely 
it  is  difficult  to  give  -the  amount  of  flour  required 
for  a  crust ;  but  for  the  average  tin,  %  c.  flour  will 
make  one  crust.    Do  not  roll  the  crust  too  thin. 

Line  pie  tin  with  dough,  cutting  it  around  the 
edges  larger  than  the  pan.    Pinch  with  the  finger 


FATS  AND  OILS  155 

tips,  so  that  it  will  stand.  Fill  with  liquid  made 
as  "firm  custard,"  and  bake  until  the  center  is 
firm,  about  30  minutes. 

Cream  Pies 

Bake  a  pie  shell  on  an  inverted  pan.  Make  a 
cream  filling  as  for  cream  putt's.  Fill  the  shell  with 
the  cream  filling,  add  meringue  to  the  top  and  re- 
turn to  the  oven  to  brown ;  or  make, — 

Banana  cream  pie,  by  half  filling  the  shell  with 
thinly  sliced  bananas,  (with  sugar  added)  and  fill- 
ing to  the  top  with  the  cream  and  adding  mer- 
ingue ;  or  make, — 

Cocoanut  cream  pie,  by  mixing  cocoanut  with 
the  cream  and  filling  the  shell.  To  make  meringue, 
beat  an  es^p:^  white  stiff  and  dry.    Add  1  tsp.  sugar. 

Two  crust  pies.  After  the  crust  is  made,  divide 
it  into  two  parts.  Roll  one,  1/16  inch  thick  and  line 
the  pan.  Roll  the  other,  making  scroll  or  leaves  in 
it — these  to  serve  as  an  escape  for  the  steam.  Fill 
the  pie,  add  such  seasonings  as  are  recommended, 
lay  the  top  crust  on  very  loosely,  and  fasten  to  the 
bottom  crust  by  pressing  with  a  fork  or  by  pinch- 
ing them  together  with  the  thumb  and  finger. 

APPI;E    PIE 

Fill  the  crust  with  thin  slices  of  firm,  tart  fruit. 
Sprinkle  over  the  top  from  i/o  to  1  c.  sugar  mixed 
with  1  tsp.  cinnamon.    Dot  over  it  small  pieces  of 


156  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

butter  and  from  6  to  8  drops  of  lemon  extract. 
Moisten  tlie  lower  crust,  lay  on  the  top  crust,  press 
together  and  bake  about  30  minutes  or  until  the 
fruit  is  tender  and  the  crust  is  brown. 

Any  fruit  pie  as  peach  or  apricot  may  be  made 
by  the  same  directions,  or  by  leaving  out  the  cin- 
namon and  lemon  and  adding  other  flavors  that 
night  blend  with  the  fruit. 

BERRY    PIES 

Follow  general  directions  for  apple  pie.  The 
great  difficulty  with  making  berry  pies  successfully 
is  in  keeping  the  juice  from  running  over  the 
edges.  They  should  not  be  baked  in  as  hot  an  oven 
as  other  fruit  pies.  The  crusts  must  be  carefully 
pressed  together,  and  the  slashes  in  the  top  crust 
must  be  of  sufficient  number  to  allow  the  steam  to 
escape.  No  extra  moisture  need  be  added,  but 
from  1  to  2  tbsp.  of  flour,  sifted  with  the  sugar 
should  be  added  to  each  pie. 

CHEESE    STRAWS 

From  any  pie  crust  that  is  left  cheese  straws 
may  be  made.  Eoll  plain  pastry  14  ii^ch  thick. 
Sprinkle  14  with  grated  cheese  to  which  has  been 
added  a  few  grains  of  salt  and  cayenne.  Fold, 
press  edges  firmly  together,  fold  again,  pat  and 
roll  out  14  i^ch  thick.  Sprinkle  with  cheese  and 
proceed  as  before.     Eepeat  twice.     Cut  in  strips 


FATS  AND  OILS  157 

5  inches  long  and  i/4  ii^^li  wide.    Bake  8  minutes 
in  moderate  oven. 

SUET  PUDDING 
(Serve  2) 

J4  e.  chopped  suet  ^  tsp.  soda 

}4  tsp.  cinnamon  ^  c.  molasses 

34  c.  tiour  }4.  tsp.  allspice 

^  c.  milk  j-i  tsp.  salt 

%   c.  chopped  raisins 

Mix  dry  ingredients.  Chop  suet  fine,  mix  with 
milk  and  molasses,  then  with  dry  ingredients.  Add 
fruit  last.  Grease  baking  powder  cans  and  fill  two- 
thirds  full.  Steam  one  hour.  Larger  amounts 
must  be  cooked  longer.  Four  times  this  recipe  will 
serve  eight  people  and  should  steam  three  hours. 
Serve  w^ith  hard  sauce. 

Dates  or  figs  may  be  added  to  this  recipe  and  it 
is  then  called  fig  pudding  or  date  pudding. 

HARD   SAUCE 

34  ''.  butter  ]   c.  pwd.  sugar 

1  egg  white  j4,  tsp.  nutmeg 

1  tsp.  vanilla 

Cream  butter  and  sugar,  add  white  of  egg,  un- 
beaten, and  the  vanilla,  and  beat  together  thor- 
oughly. Grate  nutmeg  over  the  top  and  set  in  a 
cool  place  until  ready  to  serve.  One-half  c.  of 
whipped  cream  may  be  added  instead  of  the  egg. 

1.     "Why  should  a  person  with   a  weak  digestion  eat 


158  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

very  sparingly  of  this  pudding.:'    What  do  we  mean  by 
"weak  digestion." 

POTATO   CHIPS 

Wash  and  pare  potatoes.  Slice  thinly  into  a 
bowl  of  ice  water.  Let  stand  i/.  hour.  Pat  dry 
between  towels,  fry  in  deep  fat  until  golden  brown, 
keeping  in  motion.  Drain  on  brown  paper  and 
sprinkle  with  salt. 

FRENCH  FRIED  POTATOES 

Cut  pared  potatoes  in  strips  Yg  inch  thick  and 
wide  and  3  inches  long.  Fry  in  deep  fat  until 
tender. 


CHAPTER  XVII 

BACTERIA— YEAST 

Dirt  is  matter  out  of  place.  It  may  be  animal, 
vegetable,  or  mineral. 

Dust  may  be  composed  of  the  three  classes  of 
dirt  and  is  a  powder,  so  fine  that  it  will  fly  in  the 
air.  If  animal  and  vegetable  dust  is  left  undis- 
turbed where  it  settles,  tiny  plants  will  grow. 
These  plants  are  known  as  molds,  yeasts  and  bac- 
teria. 

Bacteria  are  tlie  smallest  and  simplest  of  known 
living  things,  of  the  vegetable  family.  Each  con- 
sists of  a  single  cell,  endowed  with  the  character- 
istics of  living  animals  in  as  much  as  they  take 
food,  change  it  into  their  own  substance  and  give 
off  waste.  This  waste  or  excretion 'sours  milk  and 
renders  fish  and  all  fresh  foods  unfit  for  use.  Such 
foods  are  said  to  be  spoiled.  The  brown  spots  on 
bananas  and  other  fruits  are  good  examples  of 
the  work  of  bacteria. 

Molds  grow  from  vegetable  dust  in  the  form  of 
long  threads  which,  by  uniting,  form  a  frame  work 
over  the  substance  they  are  using  as  a  food.  They 
grow  and  multiply  rapidly  in  warm  moist  places 
and  destroy  food  and  clothing. 

Mildew  is  a  form  of  mold. 

159 


160  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Yeast  is  the  plant  that  produces  fermentation 
or  "working"  in  many  liquids,  fruits,  juices,  pre- 
serves, etc. 

From  a  lesson  on  bacteria  in  Physiology  prepare  to 
answer  the  following  questions : 

1.  Why  should  food  eaten  raw  or  unskiuned  be  thor- 
oughly cleaned? 

2.  What  sanitary  end  is  attained  by  cooking  food? 

3.  Why  are  oranges  or  bananas  safer  than  grapes 
when  bought  from  a  street  vender? 

4.  Why  should  milk  receptacles  be  thoroughly 
scalded  or  sunned? 

5.  What  is  mildew,  and  under  what  conditions  in 
the  house  is  it  likely  to  occur? 

YEAST 

In  the  fall,  we  dig  up  our  flow^er  bulbs,  pack 
them  in  dry  soil,  and  put  them  in  a  place — the 
temperature  of  which  is  such  that  they  will  live, 
but  not  grow  until  warm  weather  comes.  Then  we 
put  them  out  again,  and  the  warmth  and  moisture 
and  soil  causes  them  to  grow. 

The  small  cake  of  yeast  that  we  buy  is  a  starchy 
mixture  packed  full  of  tiny  plant-bulbs,  known  as 
yeast  plants,  which,  mixed  wdth  certain  material, 
and  made  warm  enough,  begin  growing,  budding 
and  reproducing.  In  growing  yeast  plants  these 
facts  must  be  considered : 

They  grow  and  multiply  very  fast. 

Note:  Read  in  an  A^-ienlture  tlie  various  topics  under  "Uae- 
teria." 


BACTERIA— YEAST  161 

Tliey  grow  only  when  warm  and  moist. 

They  grow  best  at  temperatures  from  75  to  80 
degrees. 

They  may  be  forced  to  grow  at  a  higher  tem- 
perature, but  a  great  lieat  kills  them. 

Cold  checks  their  growth,  but  does  not  kill  the 
plants. 

Frozen  yeasts  have  been  thawed  out  and  made 
to  grow. 

When  yeast  plants  are  fed  upon  a  sugar  with 
moisture  they  absorb  the  sugar  and  give  off  from 
their  cells  compounds  called  carbon  dioxide  and 
alcohol. 

Fill  a  glass  half  full  of  sweetened  fruit  juice 
and  place  in  it  a  small  amount  of  yeast.  Place 
the  glass  in  warm  water  and  observe  the  change 
which  will  take  place  in  a  few  minutes. 

In  bread  making  the  cells  feed  upon  the  sugar 
in  the  Hour  and  that  which  is  added  in  the  bread 
making,  and,  as  the  carbon  dioxide  is  given  off, 
it  collects  in  tiny  sacks  and  makes  room  for  itself 
in  the  dough.  These  sacks  are  the  holes  we  see 
in  the  slices  of  bread.  If  unbaked  bread  is  kept 
at  even  temperature  the  gas  formation  will  be 
about  the  same  throughout  the  dough  and  the 
sacks  will  be  of  a  uniform  size,  giving  us  an  even- 
grained  bread ;  but  we  can  readily  see  how  a  strong 
heat  on  one  side  and  perhaps  a  cold  draft  of  air  on 
the  other  side  would  cause  an  uneven  expansion 


162  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

and  a  difference  in  the  texture  of  tlie  bread. 

Examine  living  yeast  under  the  microscope. 
Yeast  plants  are  so  small  that  they  cannot  be  seen 
by  the  naked  eye,  yet  they  are  in  the  atmosphere, 
blown  everywhere  by  the  winds.  These  are  known 
as  wdld  yeasts,  but  may  be  captured  very  easily 
if  a  glass  of  fruit  juice  be  placed  where  the  w^arm 
air  can  get  to  it.  Ordinarily  we  would  say  ''the 
juice  has  soured." 

Yeast  plants  are  very  plentiful  around  hop 
fields.  A  pail  of  sweetened  water  left  in  a  hop  field 
will,  in  a  short  time,  be  full  of  tiny  bubbles  or 
foam.  Cornmeal,  stirred  into  this  water  until  it 
forms  a  stiff  dough,  may  be  rolled  to  a  thickness  of 
%  inch,  cut  in  squares,  dried,  and  used  as  yeast 
cakes. 

Another  form  of  yeast  is  made  by  mixing  a  very 
fine  flour  (rice)  in  the  hop  water,  making  this  into 
cakes,  and  wrapping  these  in  tinfoil  while  they  are 
still  moist.    This  is  called  compressed  yeast. 

Bread  made  from  the  dry  yeast,  which  requires 
a  longer  time  for  growing,  is  called  Long  Process 
Bread.  This  usually  requires  about  18  hours  to 
make  and  bake. 

Well  made  bread  should  have: 

An  evenly  browned  crust  without  breaks  at  the 
sides  or  ends. 

Even  texture  inside. 

A  "nuttv"  flavor. 


BACTERIA— YEAST  163 

Bread  bakes  in  an  uneven  shape  when  the  heat 
of  the  oven  is  irregular,  and  it  has  an  irregular 
grain  when  the  temperature  during  the  rising- 
period  is  uneven. 

WHITE  BREAD 
(1   loaf) 

1  cake  compressed  yeast  1  tbsp.  fat 

2  e.  warm  water  IJ^  tsp.  salt 
flour  to  make  stiff  dough  1  tbsp.  sugar 

(about  6  cups) 

Dissolve  the  sugar  and  fat  in  the  warm  water. 
Add  the  yeast  and  stir  until  dissolved.  Add 
enough  of  the  flour  to  make  a  batter  and  beat  for 
10  minutes.  Add  the  salt  and  the  rest  of  the  flour 
and  knead  until  the  dough  is  elastic  and  will  not 
stick  to  the  hands.  The  exact  amount  of  flour  can 
not  be  given  since  flours  differ  as  to  the  amount  of 
moisture  they  will  absorb.  Place  in  a  well  greased 
bowl,  in  a  warm  place,  where  the  temperature  is 
even  and  let  rise  2  hours.  The  top  of  the  dough 
should  be  lightly  oiled.  Mold  into  a  loaf,  grease 
on  top,  and  when  the  size  has  doubled,  bake  60 
minutes  in  a  moderate  oven. 

WHOLE  WHEAT  BREAD 
(1    loaf) 

1   cake  compressed  yeast  1  tbsp.   fat 

1   c.  warm  water  2  tbsp.  brown  sugar 

}i  tsp.  salt  y2  c.  warm  milk 


164  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Soak  yeast  in  warm  milk  until  tliorouglily  dis- 
solved. Add  sugar  and  fat  to  the  water  and, 
when  dissolved,  add  to  the  milk  and  yeast.  Beat 
in  the  flour  gradually,  with  the  salt  added.  Knead 
and  bake  as  white  bread,  only  lower  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  oven  when  baking. 

GERMAN    COFFEE    BREAD 
(1    loaf  I 

1  c.  compressed  yeast  1  egg 

;?4  c.  warm  milk  J,^  e.  sugar 

l->4  c.  flour  2  tbsp.  fat 

^  c.  raisins  Y^  tsp.  salt 

Dissolve  the  yeast  and  1  tbsp.  of  the  sugar  in 
the  warm  milk  and  add  '-Vx  c.  flour.  Beat  well  and 
set  in  a  warm  place  to  grow  until  light  and  spongy 
(about  1  hour).  Cream  the  fat  and  the  rest  of  the 
sugar,  add  the  ^^^^  salt  and  raisins  (well  floured) 
to  the  sponge.  Add  flour  until  you  have  a  cake 
batter  and  beat  for  5  minutes.  Turn  into  a  bread 
Ijan  and  let  rise  until  twice  its  size,  then  bake  in 
a  slow  oven  until  the  center  is  firm  (about  25 
minutes). 

This  bread  is  especially  a  food  for  breakfast. 

LIGHT   ROELS 

Follow  the  recipe  for  white  bread  until  time  to 
mold  into  loaf  form.  Then  make  into  small  balls 
the  size  of  a  walnut,  greasing  each  one  before 


BACTERIA— YEAST  165 

placing  it  in  a  well-oiled  pan.  Crowd  tliem  very 
closely  together  and  when  twice  their  size  bake  in 
a  quick  oven  for  20  minutes. 

PARKER    HOUSE   ROLLS 

Follow  recipe  for  light  rolls  up  to  the  time  for 
molding  into  loaves,  then  roll  the  dough  into  a 
sheet  1/4  inch  thick  and  cut  in  circles  about  2 
inches  across.  With  the  handle  of  a  knife,  press 
through  the  center  until  it  forms  a  hinge,  butter 
one  side  and  fold  the  one  over  the  other.  Place 
in  a  pan  and,  when  twice  their  size,  bake. 

NUT    BREAD 
(1    loaf) 

2  c.  flour  1   tsp.  salt 

4  tsp.  B.  P.  y^  e.  sugar 

2  eggs  1  e.  chopped  nuts 

Sift  the  dry  ingredients.  Add  the  eggs  and  the 
milk  until  it  is  a  stiff  drop  batter.  Add  the  nuts 
and  pour  into  a  greased  pan.  Let  rise  20  minutes 
in  a  warm  place.  Bake  in  a  moderate  oven  40 
minutes. 

BROWN    BREAD 
(1    11).   coffee   can   full) 

1  e.  yellow  meal  ^  c.  molasses 

1  e.  whole  wheat  flour  ^  tsp.  soda 

1  e.  flour  1   tsp.  salt 

4  tsp.  B.  P.  milk 


166  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Mix  dry  ingredients,  add  molasses  and  milk 
until  it  is  a  drop  batter.  Bake  in  tins  which  are 
2/3  full  in  a  pan  of  boiling  water  for  three  hours 
or  in  a  slow  oven  for  ly^  hours. 

TEA    BISCUITS 
(6  biscuits) 

1  c.  flour  2  tsp.  B.  P. 

^4  tsp.  salt  2  tbsp.  fat 

1  egg  milk  to  make  soft  dough 

Sift  dry  ingredients,  chop  in  fat,  drop  in  egg 
whole,  add  the  milk  and  mix  thoroughly  until  it 
is  a  soft  dough.  Roll  i/o  inch  thick,  cut  in  circles 
and  bake  in  a  moderate  oven  until  brown  and  well 
done.    These  may  also  be  used  for  short  cakes. 


CHAPTER  XVIII 

CAKES 

Cakes  are  of  two  classes,  those  made  with  butter 
as  the  various  layer,  pound,  or  loaf  cakes,  and 
those  made  without  butter  as  sunshine,  sponge, 
and  angel  food. 

Cakes  are  a  form  of  batter.  For  fruit  or  nut 
cakes  the  batter  must  be  made  stitf  enough  so  that 
the  nuts  or  fruits  will  not  sink  to  the  bottom. 
Plain  cakes  may  be  a  pour  batter,  but  generally 
we  designate  them  as  a  "tear  batter,"  that  is, 
the  batter  seems  to  tear  away  from  the  edge  of 
the  vessel  instead  of  drop. 

A  thin  batter  cake  may  be  baked  in  a  quicker 
oven  than  a  thick  batter  cake.  In  general  a  cake 
should  be  proportioned : 

%  to  y^  as  much  fat  as  sugar. 

3  times  as  much  flour  as  sugar. 

1  whole  egg  or  2  whites  for  each  cup  of  flour. 

Though  material  and  conditions  differ  so  widely 
that  no  definite  rule  in  proportion  can  be  given. 

If  the  flour  is  sifted  several  times  it  will  hold 
the  air  better.    It  should  be  sifted  once,  measured, 

167 


168  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

then  sifted  several  times.  The  sugar  should  be 
fine.  It  is  best  to  use  only  the  sugar  that  will  fall 
easily  through  the  sifter, — using  the  coarse  in 
foods  where  it  must  be  dissolved.  On  account  of 
expense,  the  cotton  seed  oil  compounds  are  used 
more  generally  than  butter.  "When  using  them 
add  1/4  tsp.  salt  for  each  cup  and  use  1/3  less 
than  the  recipe  calls  for  if  butter  is  designated. 
Since  these  compounds  are  a  concentrated  oil,  the 
same  amount  as  compared  with  butter  would 
make  the  batter  too  rich. 

To  cream  butter  or  other  fats.  Beat  the  material 
with  a  wooden  spoon  until  light  and  creamy.  The 
texture  and  appearance  will  have  changed  de- 
cidedly when  air  is  beaten  into  it. 

Pans  may  he: 

1.  Greased. 

2.  Greased  and  sprinkled  with  flour.  (All  flour  that 
does  not  adhere  should  be  shaken  out.) 

3.  Lined  with  oiled  paper  (for  very  old  pans). 

4.  Vsed  dry  (for  all  cakes  without  butter). 
Steps  in-  cake  maling: 

1.  Arrange  all  utensils  for  convenience. 

2.  Measure  and  collect  all  materials.  Sift  flour  and 
B.  P.  several  times. 

3.  Prepare  the  pans. 

4.  Regulate  the  heat  of  the  oven,  unless  the  cake  is 
to  be  placed  in  a  cold  oven. 

5.  Combine  and  bake. 

6.  Cool  and  ice. 


CAKES  169 

Methods  of  coHibiniiig: 
First, 

1.  Cream  fat. 

2.  Add  sugar,  cream  again. 

3.  Add  eggs  whole  (yolk  and  white,  or  either  sep- 
arated) and  beat  the  mixture  thoroughly. 

4.  Add  flavoring. 

5.  Add  flour  and  milk  and  mix  lightly  until  the  de- 
sired consistency  is  reached.  Fruit  or  nuts  should  be 
floured  and  folded  into  the  batter  the  last  thing. 

After  the  flour  and  baking  powder  is  added  the 
batter  must  be  stirred  as  little  as  possible  as  the 
gas,  which  forms  as  soon  as  baking  powder  and 
moisture  is  combined,  will  escape. 

Second, 

1.  Cream  fat  and  sugar  (and  o^g  yolks  if  used). 

2.  Add  flour,  milk  and  flavoring. 

3.  Fold  in  beaten  egg  white. 

Forms  of  baking : 

Layer 

Loaf 

Roll 

Individual 

Sheet 

The  sheet  cake  is  decidedly  the  popular  form 
for  cakes  at  the  present  time.  When  baked  they 
should  be  about  2  inches  thick,  the  icing  adding 
1/4  to  1/^  inch  more. 


170  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Temperature  for  baking.  Many  cake  bakers 
who  use  gas  ovens,  tliat  heat  very  rapidly,  place 
the  cake  in  the  oven,  light  the  fire,  and  after  10 
or  15  minutes,  turn  off  all  of  the  heat.  This  is  a 
very  successful  way  if  the  housekeeper  knows  her 
oven  thoroughly,  but  it  is  not  recommended  for 
general  use.  Generally  the  most  successful  way 
is  to  have  the  oven  at  a  moderate  temperature 
(see  Degrees  of  Heat  in  Cooking)  and  continued 
at  that  degree  until  the  cake  is  baked. 

It  is  usually  considered  that  "it  is  the  baking 
and  not  the  making"  that  effects  the  results  of 
cake  making. 

Time  for  baking: 

Layer  or  sheet  from  20  to  30  niiiuitcs  (depending  upon 
the  thickness). 

Loaf  from  40  to  60  minutes  (depending  upon  in- 
gredients and  thickness). 

Tests  for  telling  when  a  cake  is  done : 

1.  When  it  shrinks  from  the  sides  of  the  pan. 

2.  When  touched  in  the  center  it  springs  back. 

3.  When  hissing  ceases. 

Causes  for  falling: 

1.  Too  much  fat. 

2.  Jarring. 

3.  Draught  of  cold  air. 

4.  Too  much  sugar. 

5.  Not  enough  leavening. 


CAKES  171 

Causes  for  cracking: 

1.  Too  hot  oven. 

2.  Uneven  heat. 

3.  Too  much  tlour. 

PLAIN    CAKE 

Yz  c.  tlour  8  drops  vanilla 

1  tbsp.  fat  y^  tsp.  salt 

1  tsp.  B.  P.  y2  egg   (yolk  and  white 

3  tbsp.  sugar  mixed) 
milk  to  make  tear  batter 

]\[ake  by  combination  method  No.  1. 

Six  times  this  recipe  will  make  a  loaf  or  sheet  cake. 

WHITE    CAKE 

\y2  tbsp.  fat  10  tbsp.  tlour 
4  tbsp.  sugar  1  tsp.  B.  P. 

1  egg  white  8  drops  vanilla 

y%  tsp.  salt  milk  to  make  tear  batter 

Make  by  combination  No.  1.  From  four  to  six  times 
this  amount  will  make  a  large  cake. 

CHOCOLATE  CAKE 

1  tbsp.  fat.  2  tbsp.  shaved  chocolate 

y^  tsp.  salt  1  tsp.  B.  P. 

4  tbsp.  sugar  1  egg  yolk 

3/2  c.  tlour  8  drops  vanilla 

milk  to  make  heavy  batter 

Melt  cliocolate  over  hot  water.  Cream  fat, 
sugar  and  ^g%  yolk.  Add  melted  chocolate  (not 
hot)  and  flavoring,  then  the  dry  ingredients  and 


172  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

milk.  The  amount  of  chocolate  a  cake  contains  is 
a  matter  of  taste.  More  or  less  may  be  used,  as 
desired.  For  a  large  cake,  use  4  to  6  times  these 
amounts. 

SPICE   CAKE 

1  tbsp.  fat  1  tsp.  B.  P. 

^  tsp.  ground  cloves  y^  tsp.  salt 

4  tbsp.  sugar  2  tbsp.  shaved  <'hoco]ate 

1  egg  yolk  2  tbsp.    hot    mashed    po- 

ys  tsp.  cinnamon  tatoes 

milk  to  moisten  1/16  tsp.  nutmeg 
yi  c.  flour 

Melt  chocolate  and  mix  thoroughly  with  the  po- 
tatoes. Keep  these  in  a  warm  place  until  used. 
Sift  dry  ingredients  together.  Cream  fat,  sugar 
and  egg  yolk.  Add  potatoes  with  the  chocolate 
to  the  dry  ingredients,  and  milk  to  make  tear  bat- 
ter. Bake  into  sheet  or  loaf  form.  Caramel  or 
chocolate  icing  should  be  used. 

Angel  Food  Cake 

As  eggs  ditfer  so  materially  in  size,  for  this 
cake  the  whites  should  be  designated  by  measure 
instead  of  number.  From  11  to  13  whites  are 
usually  required  to  fill  a  cup.  One  c.  each,  egg 
white,  flour  and  sugar,  with  1  tsp.  cream  of  tartar, 
flavoring  and  %  tsp.  salt  make  the  ordinary  loaf 
cake.  Small  amounts  cannot  be  made  so  success- 
fully.    The  eggs  must  be  fresh,  so  they  will  hold 


CAKES  173 

the  air.     The  sugar  must  be  fine  and  the  flour, 
a  pastry  flour. 

Beat  the  egg  whites  stiff  and  dry.  When  pai'ti- 
ally  beaten,  sift  over  the  cream  of  tartar.  Acid 
has  a  hardening  effect  upon  albumen  and  thus 
helps  the  beaten  whites  to  hold  the  air.  Sift  the 
sugar  and  the  flour  separately  three  times,  then 
together  once.  Fold  this  into  the  beaten  eggs, 
very  gently  from  the  side,  adding  the  flavoring 
with  the  salt.  Turn  into  a  dry  pan  and  bake  in  a 
moderate  oven.  When  done  invert  the  pan  and 
cool.  If  the  pan  is  smooth  and  dry,  the  cake  will 
come  out  of  its  own  accord. 

SUNSHINE    CAKE 

^  e.  yolks  1  e.  sugar 

3/2  ('.  whites  1  ts}).  cream  of  tartar 

1  e.  flour  1  tsp.  lemon  extract 

Beat  egg  yolks  until  thick.  Add  sugar  and  i/g 
tsp.  salt.  Fold  in  beaten  whites  with  cream  of 
tartar  and  flavoring.  Fold  in  flour.  This  may  be 
baked  as  a  butter  cake. 

SPONGE  CAKE 

^S  lemon    (grated  rind  and        yi  c.  flour 
juice)  ]   egg 

34  c.  sugar 

Add  lemon  rind  and  juice  to  the  sugar  and  mix 
well.    Separate  the  egg.    Beat  the  yolk  light,  add 


174  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

the  sugar  gradually  and  beat  thoroughly.  Beat 
the  white  of  the  egg  stiff,  fold  it  lightly  into  the 
batter,  then  sift  in  the  flour  a  little  at  a  time,  mix- 
ing lightly.  Bake  until  the  center  is  firm  and  it 
shrinks  from  the  pan.  A  sponge  cake  will  shrink 
when  removed  from  the  oven  and  will  have  a 
sugary  crust  on  top. 

Cake  Icings 

Frosting — Egg  white  beaten  to  the  frothy  stage 
may  have  a  small  amount  of  sugar  added. 

Meringue — Egg  white  beaten  stiff,  with  sugar 
added. 

Icing — Cooked  sugar  and  water  syrup  beaten 
into  stiffly  beaten  egg  white. 

Uncooked  icings  are  made  by  blending  pow- 
dered sugar  with  thick  cream  until  it  forms  a 
paste.    This  is  often  used  on  angel  food  cakes. 

Frostings  or  meringues  are  very  seldom  used 
for  cakes.  Icings  fail  unless  the  sugar  is  in  the 
right  proportion  to  egg  white  and  is  cooked  to  the 
required  degree. 

When  icing  is  so  thin  that  it  will  run  off  the 
cake,  it  should  be  placed  in  a  vessel  over  hot 
water  and  cooked  until  it  becomes  grainy  around 
the  edge.  There  is  too  much  moisture  in  it,  either 
from  the  egg  or  the  syrup,  and  reheating  will 
evaporate  H. 

If  the  icing  is  too  hard  to  spread,  place  it  in  a 


CAKES  175 

vessel  over  hot  water,  add  a  few  drops  of  cold 
water  and  when  melted  it  can  be  spread. 

WHITE    ICING 

iy2  e.  sugar  Y^  tsp.  cream  of  tartar 

10  drops  vanilla  ^  c.  water 

1  egg  white 
Read  "Fondant  Making"  before  making  this  icing. 

Cook  sugar  and  water  with  cream  of  tartar 
until  it  spins  a  thread  about  6  inches  long.  Stream 
into  the  beaten  Qgg  white  and  beat  until  it  feels 
grainy  around  the  edges.  Spread  with  a  silver 
knife  on  a  cold  cake.  Various  nuts,  fruits  and 
flavorings  may  be  added  to  this  icing. 

CARAMEL  ICING 

lyi  Q.  brown  sugar  2  whites   (beaten  stiff  and 

y^  c.  water  dry) 

3/2  e.  granulated  sugar 

Cook  until  it  spins  a  thread  6  inches  long.  Pour 
slowly  over  the  whites,  beating  meanwhile.  Set 
over  hot  water  and  beat  it  as  it  cooks,  until  it 
will  hold  its  shape  and  is  slightly  granular  around 
the  edge.  One-fourth  c.  nuts  may  be  added  if 
desired.  This  will  not  run  or  stick  and  will  stay 
soft  for  several  days. 

CHOCOLATE  ICING 

1  c.  sugar  2  tbsp.  shaved  chocolate 

1  tbsp.  butter  1  c.  water 

1  tsp.  vanilla  or  ^  c.  nuts 


176  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Cook,  add  flavoring  or  nuts,  and  beat  until  it 
begins  to  crystallize.     Spread  on  cake. 

The  same  proportions  of  brown  sugar,  butter 
and  water  may  be  cooked  tlie  same  way. 

L     Of  what  food  value  are  cakes? 

2.  Are  cakes  a  balanced  food? 

3.  For  whom  are  they  indigestible? 

4.  How  may  we  make  them  so  they  will  be  more 
easily  digested? 


CHAPTER  XIX 

SOUPS  AND  SALADS 

Soups 

Soups  are  liquids  which  contain  the  flavorings 
and  extracts  of  meat  and  vegetables.  Their  value 
to  the  body  lies  chiefly  in  their  stimulating  effect 
upon  the  digestive  fluids.  The  food  value,  even 
in  the  strong  soupj,  is  so  low  that  it  is  a  mistake 
to  depend  upon  them  for  buikling  material.  How- 
ever, in  some  thick  soups  which  contain  macaroni, 
peas,  beans,  etc.,  a  small  amount  of  nourishment 
is  obtained.  Clear  soups  contain  about  98% 
water,  %%  mineral,  i/2%  protein,  1%  fats.  Thick 
soups  contain  only  about  909^  water,  8%  carbo- 
hydrates and  fat,  and  li/^%  protein  and  i/^'v 
mineral. 

Tu  cook  foods  and  especially  meats  for-  soup, 
they  should  be  placed  in  cold  water  and  the  tem- 
perature raised  very  slowly.  This  gradually 
draws  out  the  extracts  and  albumens:  AVlien 
meats  are  placed  in  water  and  it  boils  very  soon 
afterwards,  a  brown  scum  gathers  on  the  top. 
This  is  the  albumen  which  was  hardened  by  the 

strong  heat  and  since  it  cannot  be  dissolved  again 

177 


178  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

it  may  as  well  be  skimmed  off,  but  in  so  doing  the 
most  nutritious  part  of  the  soup  is  lost. 

We  serve  soups  at  the  beginning  of  our  lunch- 
eons and  dinners,  the  heavy  soups  at  luncheons, 
as  usually  the  other  courses  will  be  light,  but  at 
dinner,  when  heavy  meats  and  vegetables  and 
pastries  are  to  follow,  the  clear  soups  are  served. 
Cheese  straws,  and  crisp  wafers  when  served 
wdth  soup,  add  to  the  food  value. 

Stock  is  the  clear  extract  made  from  cooking 
lean  meat,  bone  and  fat.  A  careful  housekeeper 
saves  the  meat  scraps,  bones  from  roasts,  etc.,  and 
makes  the  stock  for  her  soups  without  additional 
expense. 

Soups  are  divided  into  two  classes, — soups 
with  stock  and  soups  without  stock.  Under  the 
first  we  include: 

1.  Bouillon,  made  from  lean  meats  or  vegetables 
delicately  seasoned  and  cleared. 

2.  Consomme,  usually  made  from  two  or  three  kinds 
of  meats  highly  seasoned  with  spices  and  herbs,  and 
cleared. 

T  jider  the  second  we  include : 

1.  Cream  soup,  made  of  vegetables  or  fish,  white 
sauce  and  seasoning.  A  cream  soup  may  or  may  not  be 
tliick. 

2.  Puree,  made  from  vegetables  or  fish  which  have 
been  cooked  until  they  are  tender  enough  to  be  forced 
through  a  sieve  and  retained  in  the  soup.    Always  tliick. 


SOUPS  AND  SALADS  179 

3.  Bisques,  made  as  Puree  from  fish  or  meat.  Very 
thick. 

CLEAR    CONSOMME 
(Serve  6) 

1  beef  knuckle  bones  from  chicken  or 

1  ham  bone   (small)  turkey 

4  (|ts.  water 

Simmer  very  gently  for  three  hours.  When 
ready  to  serve  the  water  should  have  evaporated 
until  only  1  qt.  is  left.  Season  with  salt,  ground 
cloves,  and  cayenne  to  suit  the  taste.  Strain  until 
clear  and  serve  hot  in  tea  or  bouillon  cups. 

TOMATO    BOUILLON 

^  e.  tomatoes  3^  tsp.  diced  onion 

2  cloves  ^  e.  water 

}i  tsp.  sugar  small  piece  bay  leaf 

Simmer  all  together  until  it  is  reduced  to  the  . 
original  amount  of  tomatoes.     Strain,  add  salt, 
pepper,  cayenne  and  reheat.     Serve  in  cups. 

VEGETABLE    SOUP 

1  beef  shank  1  e.  peas 

1  c.  string  beans  snapped  1  c.  diced  turnips 

1  c.  chopped  cabbage  1  e.  diced  carrots 

2  tbsp.  diced  onion  1  c.  tomatoes 

Simmer  shank  for  1  hr.  in  3  qts.  water.  Add 
beans  and  carrots,  and  simmer  ^2  hr.  Add  the 
other  vegetables  and  simmer  i/>  hr.  longer.  Sea- 
son with  salt,  pepper  and  cayenne  to  taste.  Stir 
each  time  before  filling  the  dishes,  so  that  por- 


180  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

tions  of  the  vegetables  may  be  served  Avitli  each 
dish. 

CREAM  OF  CORN  SOUP 

^  e.  com  ^  c,  milk 

1  tsp.  flour  1  tsp.  butter 

Use  canned  or  stewed  corn.  Cover  with  water. 
Cook  until  soft,  mash  through  a  sieve,  add  enough 
cold  water  to  bring  it  up  to  the  first  measure. 
Make  cream  sauce  of  butter,  flour  and  milk.  Add 
corn  pulp,  salt  and  sugar  to  taste.    Serve  hot. 

POTATO    SOUP 

(Serve  2) 

y2  c.  diced  raw  potatoes         y^  tsp.  celery  seed 
1  tsp.  flour  Yi  tbsp.  chopped  onion 

1  tsp.  butter  1  c.  milk 

Cook  potato  and  onion  together  until  soft. 
Strain.  Make  cream  sauce,  add  celery  seed,  salt 
and  pepper.  When  hot,  pour  over  the  potato 
pulp.     Serve. 

CREAM  OF  TOMATO  SOUP 
(Serve  2) 

1  c.  tomatoes  2  cloves 

1  tsp.  onion  1  c.  water 

Cook  slowly  until  the  water  has  evaporated  and 
1  c.  of  tomato  juice  remains.  Strain.  Make  % 
c.  white  sauce  "1  to  1."  Have  both  the  tomato 
juice  and  the  white  sauce  hot  and  just  before  mix- 


SOTTS  AND  SALADS  181 

iiig  them  add  1/16  tsp.  soda  to  tlie  tomatoes  to 
neutralize  the  acid.  When  thoroughly  mixed,  if 
there  are  any  lumps,  strain,  and  pour  into  a 
heated  soup  plate  and  serve. 

BEAN    PUREE 
( Servo  2 i 

1  0.  soup  beans,  which  have  been  cooked  until  soft, 
about  6  hours. 

1  c.  broth  in  which  beans  were  cooked  and  in  which 
a  ham  lione  was  simmered. 

Mash  beans  through  a  sieve  and  mix  thoroughly 
with  the  broth.  Season  with  paprika  and  cayenne 
to  taste.  A  small  piece  of  onion  may  be  simmered 
with  the  broth,  to  impart  flavor. 

SALMON  BISQUE 

(Serve  2) 

Yz  e.  salmon  ^  tsp.   lemon   .iuiee,   dash 

1  c.  water  nutmeg 

y%  tsp.  salt 

Simmer  salmon,  water,  lemon  juice  and  salt, 
until  water  has  evaporated.  Press  through  a 
sieve,  and  mix  thoroughly  with  1  c.  white  sauce 
"3  to  1."  Reheat,  strain  into  a  hot  soup  dish, 
sprinkle  nutmeg  over  the  top  and  serve.  A  tsp. 
of  whipped  cream  may  be  added  to  each  dish. 

Salads 
Salads  are  a  combination  of  the  green  vege- 


182  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

tables,  with  fruits,  meats  or  otlier  vegetables  and 
a  French  or  mayonnaise  dressing. 

They  are  given  the  place  on  our  menus,  first 
after  the  meat  or  heavy  course,  because  they  con- 
tain the  food  stuffs  which  call  forth  digestive 
fluids  and  therefore  aid  in  the  digestion  of  the 
heavy  course.  It  is  now  considered  very  neces- 
sary to  give  the  salad  a  place  in  every  heavy  din- 
ner and  when  well  made  and  with  the  right  com- 
binations it  has  a  high  food  value. 

Different  dressings  are  made  for  salads,  tastes 
varying  as  to  the  best. 

French  dressing.  1  c.  oil  (olive  or  salad),  5 
tbsp.  acid  (lemon  juice  or  vinegar),  ^^  tsp.  salt, 
dash  cayenne  and  i/4  tsp.  paprika.  Mix  all  to- 
gether and  beat  thoroughly  before  turning  over 
the  salad.  One  tbsp.  of  sugar  may  be  added  for  a 
fresh  tomato  salad  or  for  any  salad  with  which 
the  taste  of  sugar  blends. 

Mayonnaise.  1  egg  yolk,  blended  with  Yz  tsp. 
salt,  1/4  tsp.  paprika,  dash  cayenne,  2  to  4  tbsp. 
vinegar.  Beat  into  this  2  c.  oil.  This  should  make 
a  very  hea^'y  dressing  for  vegetables  and  fruit. 
For  meat,  mustard  may  be  added.  Many  times, 
without  any  apparent  reason,  this  dressing  will 
fail  to  thicken.  If,  after  streaming  in  a  small 
amount  of  oil,  it  is  thin,  do  not  attempt  it  farther 
with  that  egg.  Use  another  yolk  and  when  that 
thickens,  the  first  egg  and  oil  may  be  added  with- 


SOUPS  AND  SALADS  183 

out  fear  of  failure.  These  cautions  may  insure 
success:  be  sure  of  a  fresh  egg  and  keep  the  oil 
cold.  The  albumen  in  an  old  egg  will  not  have 
sufficient  strength  to  hold  the  oil  in  the  form  of 
an  emulsion. 

Roquefort  cheese  salad  dressing.  1/4  lb.  Roque- 
fort cheese  blended  with  French  dressing  until  it 
forms  a  smooth  paste.  This  is  especially  fine  for 
vegetable  salads,  as  tomato,  asparagus,  lettuce, 
etc.     This  amount  will  serve  ten  people. 

Cooked  salad  dressing.  One  c.  weak  vinegar 
water  heated.  Blend  1  egg  yolk,  1  tbsp.  flour,  2 
tbsp.  sugar,  14  tsp.  salt,  speck  cayenne,  i/4  tsp. 
paprika  and  a  small  amount  of  water,  enough 
to  form  a  paste.  Stream  slowly  into  the  hot 
vinegar  and  cook  over  water  for  8  minutes.  Re- 
move and  beat  into  it  1  tbsp.  oil  or  1  tbsp.  melted 
butter.  When  cold,  thin  any  amount  of  it  with 
whipped  cream.  Mustard  may  be  added  but  in 
small  amounts,  as  its  use  is  not  recommended  in 
any  diet. 

To  serve  a  salad,  of  a  combination  that  will  be 
in  harmony  with  the  other  courses,  is  one  of  the 
marks  of  good  training  on  the  part  of  hostess  or 
housekeeper. 

A  meat  salad  should  only  be  served  at 
luncheons  or  with  other  refreshments  to  take  the 
place  of  a  meat  course,  never  at  a  dinner  where 
there  has  been  a  heavy  meat  course. 


184  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Fruit  salads  are  most  appreciated  at  tlie  dinner 
or  luncheon,  when  the  first  course  has  been  a 
vegetable  soup,  or  on  a  refreshment  plate  where 
meat  and  vegetables  are  served. 

Vegetable  salads  may  be  served  when  the  first 
course  has  been  a  fruit  or  when  the  desert  is  to 
be  a  fruit.  If  the  dinner  course  contains  dry 
vegetables,  and  a  vegetable  salad  is  to  follow,  it 
must  be  of  the.  fresh  variety. 

There  are  no  limits  to  the  possibilities  of  salads 
as  to  combination  and  manner  of  serving,  but 
the  points  to  remember  in  making  salads  suc- 
cessfully are: 

The  salad  must  blend  with  the  other  courses. 

The  salad  must  not  repeat  the  other  courses. 

The  salad  must  be  dainty  and  attractive  in  ar- 
rangement. 

The  dressing  must  be  well  made,  well  seasoned, 
and  used  with  discretion. 

Wafers,  cheese  straws,  butter  crisps  or  cheese 
crisps  may  be  served  with  a  salad. 

POTATO    SALAD 
(  Sei-vi'   (i ) 

2  c.  cold  diced  potatoes  1   tsp.  diced  carrots 

2  tsp.  capers  1   c  chopped  celery  or 

1  tbsp.   diced  onion  1    tsp.  celery  seed 

Sweet  peppers  and  hard-cooked  eggs  may  be  added 

Mix  thoroughly  with  any  dressing.    Pile  loosely 


SOUPS  AND  SALADS  185 

on  crisp  lettuce  leaf.    One  tbsp.  diced  beets  may 
be  added  to  the  top  or  grated  cheese. 

TOMATO    SALAD 

Select  smooth  ripe  tomato.  Peel.  Cut  off  top, 
partially  hollow  and  fill  with  diced  cucumbers. 
Place  on  lettuce  leaf  and  cover  with  French  dress- 
ing or  Roquefort  cheese  dressing. 

ASPARAGl'S  SALAD 

Arrange  6  tender  asparagus  tips  through  a  ring 
of  green  pepper,  on  a  crisp  lettuce  leaf,  and  pour 
the  dressing  over  them. 

CABBAGE   SALAD 

2  c.  shredded  cabbage  1  tbsp.  celery  seed 

1  sweet  red  pepper  J4  c.  chopped  parsley 

Mix  well  with  dressing. 

Either  dressing  may  be  used  with  the  following 
combinations : 

Cauliflower  and  beets. 

Cauliflower  and  pimentoes. 

Shredded  lettuce,  sliced  tomatoes,  green  pep- 
pers cut  into  bits. 

GELATINE  SALAD 

Yz  box  gelatine  ^  c.  sugar 

Yz  c.  cold  water  juice  1  lemon 

Yt.  c.  mild  vinegar  1  tsp.  salt 

1  pt.  boiling  water  2  pimentoes 

1  c.  finely  shredded  cab-      2  c.   celery    (cut   in  small 
bage  pieces) 


186  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Soak  the  gelatine  in  cold  water  5  minutes,  add 
boiling  water,  vinegar,  lemon  juice,  sugar  and  salt. 
Strain,  and  when  beginning  to  set,  add  remaining 
ingredients. 

Turn  into  small  molds  and  chill.  Serve  on  let- 
tuce leaf  with  mayonnaise  dressing.  This  is  a 
delicious  accompaniment  to  cold  chicken  or  veal. 

There  are  many  varieties  of  the  gelatine  salads 
and,  since  they  may  be  made  hours  before  they 
are  to  be  served,  they  are  very  popular. 

Fruit  S.vlads 

WxlLDORF  SALAD 
(Serve  6) 

2  e.  chopped  apples  12  maraschino  cherries 

Yz  c.  chopped   celery  (cut  fine) 

i/z  c.  chopped  nuts 

Mix  these  thoroughly  in  1  c.  cooked  salad  dress- 
ing and  serve  on  lettuce  leaf.  The  cherries  may 
be  halved  and  arranged  on  the  top  or  mixed  with 
the  salad. 

PINEAPPLE    SALAD 

Arrange  1  slice  of  pineapple  on  a  lettuce  leaf. 
Pile  on  center  1/2  banana,  cut  in  cubes.  Pour  over 
this  thick  mayonnaise  dressing.  Sprinkle  chopped 
nuts  on  the  top. 

The  exact  proportion  of  different  fruits  used 


SOUPS  AND  SALADS  187 

in  the  making  of  salads  is  not  an  important  point 
so  long  as  the  blending  flavors  are  pleasing. 

The  following  suggested  combinations  may  be 
used  in  any  proportion  with  dressing  and  served 
on  lettuce  leaf: 

White  grapes  (seeded),  apples,  nuts,  celery. 

One-half  pear,  pineapple,  pimento. 

Grape  fruit,  bananas,  nuts. 

Peaches,  oranges,  marshmallows  in  orange 
cups. 

MEAT   SALADS 


Chicken  and  fish  are  used  most  for  meat  salads, 
ayom 
salads. 


Mayonnaise    dressing    blends    best    with    these 


CHICKEN    SALAD 
(Serve  8-10) 

2  e.  cold  cubed  chicken         ^  c.  chopped  celery 
Yz  e.  seeded  white  grapes      Yz  c.  chopped  nuts 

Use  mayonnaise  dressing.  Serve  on  lettuce  leaf 
with  salted  wafers. 

The  following  proportions  will  serve  six.  Use 
any  of  the  dressings. 

1.  Oue-half  c.  shrimp,  %  c.  shredded  cabbage,  1  tbsp. 
diced  onion.  2  hard  egg  whites  diced. 

2.  One-half  c.  salmon,  Yx  c.  diced  cold  potatoes,  Y^  c. 
celery,  1  tbsp.  lemon  juice. 

3.  One-half  c.  stutfed  olives,  Ya  ^-  grated  cheese,  ^ 
c.  nuts. 


188  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

4.  One  c.  cottage  cheese,  1  green  pepper,  cnt  fine,  one 
pimento,  yi  c.  nuts. 

5.  One-half  e.  peas,  3^  c.  salted  peanuts,  ^  c.  diced 
cucumber  in  half  tomatoes. 

EGG  SALAD 

One  cold  hard-cooked  Qgg  cut  in  halves,  cross- 
wise. Arrange  on  lettuce  leaf  with  mayonnaise 
and  garnish  with  ribbons  of  green  or  red  peppers. 


CHAPTEPv  XX 

FKUIT 

The  walls  of  the  cells  of  vegetable  or  fruit 
which  hold  the  juices  is  known  as  cellulose.  In 
young  vegetables  or  fruits  it  is  soft,  but  in  older 
growths  it  is  generally  woody  and  hard  to  digest. 
Make  a  test  for  cellulose  in  apples,  oranges,  or 
bananas.     (See  experiment  under  Potatoes.) 

In  a  broad  sense,  all  seed-vessels  are  fruits. 
This  would  include  nuts,  grains,  squash,  etc.,  so 
we  commonly  class  as  fruits  those  seed  vessels 
served  with  sugar  or  as  a  dessert.  When  tomatoes 
were  eaten  with  sugar  and  cream  they  were  called 
a  fruit,  ''love-apples." 

Most  fruits  contain  from  80  to  90  per  cent  water 
and  the  remaining  per  cent  cellulose,  acid,  mineral 
and  sugar,  which,  in  an  unripe  state,  is  starch. 
They  furnish  a  small  amount  of  nutriment,  con- 
vey water  to  the  system,  and  act  as  both  a  tonic 
and  an  aid  to  digestion. 

Digestibility  of  fruit  in  the  stomach  and  intes- 
tines depends  largely  upon  its  degree  of  ripeness. 
The  excess  of  acids  present  in  unripe  fruit  causes 
it  to  be  irritating  to  the  intestines,  and  is  fre- 
quently the  cause  of  acute  digestive  disturbances. 

180 


190  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Cooking  renders  fruits  more  digestible  by  soft- 
ening their  cellulose  and  it  also,  as  we  liave  seen 
in  the  making  of  jelly,  converts  the  gum  into  a 
gelatinous  form. 

Pineapple  juice  contains  a  remarkably  active 
digestive  principle  similar  to  pepsin.  So  power- 
ful is  its  action  upon  proteins  that  it  will  digest 
one  thousand  times  its  weight  in  a  few  hours. 

Bananas  contain  a  large  amount  of  starch,  as 
much  as  the  potatoes,  therefore  they  should  not 
be  eaten  in  an  unripe  state.  Cooking,  of  course, 
develops  the  food  value  and,  for  some  persons,  the 
flavor. 

Figs  and  prunes  have  an  effect  upon  an  inactive 
liver,  and  for  that  reason  are  considered  most  ex- 
cellent laxatives.  They  are  also  highly  nutritive, 
as  the  pulp  contains  60  per  cent  of  sugar,  and  6 
per  cent  of  protein. 

Apples  may  be  said  to  be  to  other  fruits  what 
potatoes  are  to  other  vegetables.  They  exert  a 
great  influence  upon  the  liver  and  kidneys,  and 
those  containing  a  great  amount  of  juice,  are  a 
laxative.  "Cooking"  apples  are  those  that  con- 
tain a  high  percentage  of  acid  and  pectin.  '*  Eat- 
ing" apples  have  more  sugar  and  less  acid  and 
pectin. 

Pears  have  less  acid  and  cellulose  than  apples. 
They  are  best  eaten  raw,  but  may  be  preserved  in 
syrup  or  dried. 


FRUIT  191 

Quince  resemble  pears  but  liave  much  firmer 
flesh.  The  seeds  are  very  rich  in  mucilaginous 
substances,  which,  when  cooked  with  the  fruit  for 
jelly  making,  render  it  the  easiest  jelly  of  all  to 
make. 

Oranges,  lemons  and  limes  have  an  abundance 
of  citric  acid  and  are  especially  valuable  for  their 
refreshing  properties  and  power  of  allaying 
thirst.  Oranges  when  cooked,  are  used  mostly  for 
marmalades.  The  rind  of  these  fruits  is  dried, 
candied,  and  used  extensively  by  confectioners. 
The  white  portion  underneath  the  skin  is  almost 
entirely  cellulose  and  should  never  be  eaten. 

Grapes  exceed  all  other  fruits  (except  dates)  in 
the  amount  of  sugar.  The  minerals  found  in 
grapes  are  lime,  potash,  and  magnesia. 

Raisins  are  dried  grapes  and  are  prepared  in 
two  ways.  The  finest  are  dried  on  the  growing 
plant  by  partially  cutting  the  twig.  Others  are 
gathered,  dried  in  the  sun,  dipped  in  a  solution  of 
soda,  olive  oil  and  salt,  then  allowed  to  dry  again 
for  several  days. 

Currants  are  a  small  seedless  grape  first  found 
in  Greece,  but  now  grown  extensively  in  our  own 
country. 

Strawberries  are  richer  than  most  fruits  in 
potash  and  lime  salts,  and  especially  soda  salt. 

Prunes  have  a  large  amount  of  digestible  cellu- 
lose and  sugar.    They  are  considered  to  be  a  mild 


192  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

laxative.  For  many  years  prunes  were  very  cheap 
and  so  poorly  cooked  that  they  were  entirely  ban- 
ished from  the  average  memi,  but  now  they  are 
slowly  coming  into  favor  owing  to  the  modern 
ways  of  evaporating  and  the  numerous  ways  in 
which  they  may  be  served  attractively. 

BANANA    PIE 

Line  pie  tin  with  short  pie  crust  and  bake.  Fill 
crust  with  thinly  sliced  bananas  and  cover  with 
meringue  made  of 

2  eggs    (whites)  ^  c.  sugar 

Put  whites  of  eggs  and  sugar  in  bowl  and  beat 
until  mixture  will  stay  in  shape.  Pile  on  the  pie 
in  irregular  form  and  bake  in  slow  oven  15  min- 
utes. 

BAKED  APPLES — CREOLE  STYLE 

Pare  and  core  sound  tart  apples.  Steam  until 
almost  tender,  remove  to  buttered  pan,  fill  cavities 
with  cocoanut,  stick  apples  full  of  blanched  al- 
monds, baste  with  syrup  made  with  sugar,  water 
and  lemon  juice.  Bake  tender.  Serve  with 
whipped  cream  or  jelly. 

APPLE  SAUCE 

(Serve  8) 

Pare  and  cut  in  eighths,  6  tart  apples.  Cover 
with  warm  water  and  steam  until  they  can  be 


FRUIT  193 

easily  pierced.  Add  y^  c.  sugar,  i/^  tsp.  lemon 
extract,  i^  tsp.  cinnamon.  When  sugar  has  dis- 
solved, serve. 

1.  Why  not  cook  in  boiling  water? 

2.  Why  add  the  sugar  last  ? 

BAKED    APPLES 

Wash  each  apple  and  remove  the  core.  Fill  hol- 
low place,  with  1  tsp.  sugar  blended  with  i/o  tsp. 
butter  and  %  tsp.  cinnamon.  Pour  over  2  tbsp. 
warm  water  and  bake  in  a  slow  oven  until  soft. 
Serve  with  cream  and  sugar. 

PRUNE  SAUCE 

Buy  the  best  evaporated  prunes.  Wash  care- 
fully, place  in  a  vessel  and  cover  with  warm  water 
and  steam  2  hours.  A  few  minutes  before  remov- 
ing from  the  fire  add  sugar  to  taste. 

PRUNE   WHIP 

(Serve  6) 

Press  through  a  sieve  cooked  prunes  to  meas- 
ure 2  c.  Add  to  the  pulp,  sugar  to  taste  and  Yo 
c.  flour.  Fold  into  this  the  stiffly  beaten  whites  of 
2  eggs  and  bake  in  a  very  slow  oven  20  minutes. 
The  pan  in  which  this  is  baked  should  be  only 
one-half  full  when  placed  in  the  oven. 

FRUIT    DUMPLINGS 

Make  soft  dough,  as  biscuit  dough,  using  twice 


194  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

the  amount  of  shortening,  Eoll  Vs  ii^-  thick.  Cut 
in  three-inch  squares,  pile  fruit  in  center,  add 
sugar  and  spices  to  taste;  gather  up  points  and 
sides  and  press  together.  Turn  the  dough  ball 
over  and  place  in  a  buttered  pan.  Bake  in  a  hot 
oven  20  minutes,  if  the  fruit  is  cooked,  or  if  raw, 
until  fruit  is  sufficiently  done.  Just  before  remov- 
ing from  the  oven  glaze  with  beaten  egg  and  sugar. 
Serve  with  a  sauce  made  of : 

^  c.  butter  ^  e.  water 

1  c.  brown  sugar  3^  tsp.  lemon  extract 

j4  tsp.  cinnamon  or  nutmeg 

Heat  in  double  boiler  until  sugar  and  butter 
have  made  a  syrup. 

Sliced  apples,  peaches,  apricots  or  berries  may 
be  used  in  these  dumplings. 

When  fresh  berries  are  used,  the  dough  may  be 
rolled  thin,  the  berries  spread  over  it,  sugared  and 
floured  and  all  rolled  as  a  ''jelly  roll"  and  baked. 
Slices  1/2  in.  thick  are  cut  from  the  end  and  served. 

Fresh  fruit  should  be  served  as  nearly  as  pos- 
sible in  its  natural  state.  The  following  sugges- 
tions may  be  helpful : 

Strmvberries — washed  thoroughly  with  the 
stems  on,  and  served  with  the  powxlered  sugar. 

Oranges — in  halves  with  the  pulp  cut  free  from 
the  skin. 

Grape-fruit — in  halves,  with  each  section  cut 


FRUIT  195 

free  from  the  skin  and  tlie  tough  white  partitions 
of  each  section  removed.  These  may  be  served 
with  sugar  or  natural. 

Grapes — in  bunches,  thoroughly  washed. 

Canteloupe — in  halves,  with  seeds  removed. 

Watermelon — only  the  heart,  cut  in  small  pieces, 
pieces. 

All  fruits  are  better  if  served  very  cold. 


CHAPTER  XXI 

SHERBETS  AND  ICE  CREAMS 

The  food  value  of  these  dishes  depends  upon 
their  composition.  Ice  cream  made  from  pure 
cream,  sugar  and  flavorings,  has  a  high  food  value, 
and  the  sherbets  and  ices  made  from  the  juices  of 
fresh  fruits  rank  high  for  their  ability  to  stimu- 
late and  refresh.  The  fact  that  ice  cold  drinks 
and  foods  delay  digestion  is  much  against  this 
otherwise  very  delightful  way  of  supplying  the 
body  with  nutriment  and  liquid. 

Ices  and  sherbets  are  either  a  composition  of 
fruit  juice,  sugar  and  water  frozen,  or  crushed 
fruit  added  with  the  juice.  Beaten  egg  white, 
gelatine  and  cream  may  be  added  to  sherbets. 

Ice  creams  are  a  composition  of  milk,  sugar  and 
flavoring,  frozen,  or  a  thin  custard  frozen.  The 
first  class  of  cream  known  as  Philadelphia  ice 
cream  is  the  simplest  form  of  frozen  cream. 
Those  made  from  a  custard  are  known  as  Neapol- 
itan ice  creams  and  to  them  may  be  added  the 
various  flavorings,  fruits,  nuts,  etc.  Inferior 
creams  of  the  last  class  are  often  made  by  using 
a  large  amount  of  starch  in  place  of  the  egg  in 
the  custard. 

To  freeze.     The  can,  paddle  and  lid  should  be 

196 


SHERBP]TS  AND  ICE  CREAMS  197 

thoroughly  scalded  before  placing  it  in  the  wooden 
bucket.  Fasten  the  freezer  and  everything  in 
place,  as  if  ready  to  freeze.  Fill  the  space  be- 
tween the  can  and  the  bucket  with  ice  and  rock 
salt;  1  part  salt  to  3  parts  ice — the  ice  pounded 
fine.  Turn  the  freezer  slowly  while  the  packing  is 
being  done.  When  nearly  to  the  top,  remove  the 
crank  and  lid  and  pour  in  the  liquid.  Do  not  have 
the  can  more  than  two-thirds  full,  as  the  liquid 
expands  as  it  freezes.  Replace  the  lid  and  crank, 
fill  to  the  top  with  ice  and  salt  and  turn  slowly  a 
few  minutes  to  evenly  distribute  the  freezing 
through  the  liquid.  As  the  liquid  freezes  the 
crank  may  be  turned  very  fast. 

Why  we  use  salt.  Salt  causes  ice  to  melt  and 
the  melting  ice  withdraws  heat  from  the  surround- 
ing substances,  and  so  lowers  their  temperature, 
causing  them  to  freeze.  The  finer  the  ice  the 
sooner  it  will  melt. 

When  the  liquid  is  frozen,  remove  the  paddle, 
pack  firm  with  a  spoon,  place  a  paper  over  the 
top  of  the  can,  then  the  lid  w^ith  a  cork  in  the  top. 
Draw  off  all  the  water  and  fill  the  bucket  with 
ice  until  the  can  is  covered.  Let  stand  for  an 
hour  or  so.  Do  not  add  salt  to  the  ice  when  pack- 
ing the  cream. 

LEMON  ICE 

(2  quarts) 

1  qt.  water  juice  6  lemons 

2  e.  sugar 


198  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Dissolve  the  sugar  in  the  hot  water.  Add  lemon 
juice  and  freeze. 

PINEAPPLE  SHERBET 
( 1  gallon ) 

1  qt.  water  1  qt.  can  grated  pineapple 

1  egg  white  2  c.  sugar 

2  lemons 

Dissolve  sugar  in  hot  water,  add  fruit  and 
lemon  juice,  and  when  partially  frozen  add  the 
egg  white,  beaten  stitf  and  dry.  After  the  egg  is 
added  the  freezer  must  be  turned  very  fast. 
When  adding  the  egg  white,  1  c.  cream  may  be 
added  also.  The  name  sorbet  is  sometimes  given 
to  a  sherbet  when  cream  has  been  added. 

APRICOT  ICE 

1  pt.  dried  apricots  (cooked        1  pt.  sugar 
and  strained)  1  fit.  water 

1  tbsp.  lemon  juice 

Dissolve  sugar  in  hot  water.  Add  fruit  and 
freeze.  When  frozen  remove  paddle  and  pack 
until  ready  for  use. 

PHILADELPHIA    ICE   CREAM 
( I  gallon ) 

3  pts.  sweet  cream  (2  c.  maple  syrup  may  be 

1  tbsp.  vanilla  used  in  place  of  brown 

1  c.  b.  sugar  sugar) 

Scald  cream,  add  sugar  and  when  dissolved  add 
flavorins:  and  freeze. 


yilEKBETS  AND  ICE  CREAMS  19'J 

FRUIT  ICE  CREAM 
( 1  gallon ) 

2  ([tn.  thin  cream  2  c.  crushed  strawberries 

2^  c.  sugar 

Scald  cream  and  sugar.  Add  the  fruit,  crushed. 
Freeze.    Any  fresh  fruit  may  be  used. 

NEAPOLITAN.  ICE    CREAM 

Make  a  thin  custard  as  directed  in  Chapter 
XIII,  and  freeze.  Nuts  and  fruits,  either  fresh  or 
candied,  may  be  added. 

Caramel  creams  are  made  by  using  one  and  one- 
half  as  much  sugar  as  the  recipe  calls  for,  heat- 
ing it  slowly  over  a  fire  until  the  sugar  has  melted 
and  browned  slightly.  Eemove  and  pour  over  this 
water  to  cover  and  stir  until  it  is  dissolved.  Use 
this  with  the  cream  or  custard  in  place  of  the  re- 
quired amount  of  sugar. 

We  use  more  sugar,  as  caramelizing  destroys 
some  of  the  sweetness.  Great  care  must  be  taken 
not  to  burn  the  sugar  as  it  will  then  have  a  bitter 
taste. 

Gelatine  in  Creams 

Gelatine  is  a  protein  obtained  from  animals  and 
vegetables.  The  animal  gelatine  is  made  by  cook- 
ing the  bones  of  young  calves  in  water,  strain- 
ing the  liquid,  allowing  it  to  congeal,  and  then 
evaporating  it.  Vegetable  gelatine  is  made  from 
a  sea  weed. 


200  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Soak  gelatine  first  in  cold  water  until  soft,  then 
add  boiling  water  or  liquid  to  it  and  put  it  in  a 
cold  place  to  congeal. 

The  directions  on  the  packages  of  gelatine  you 
buy  are  a  safe  guide  to  follow  in  the  preparation 
of  the  dishes.  In  creams,  gelatine  gives  body  and 
food  value  to  the  dish.  One  oz.  of  gelatine  will 
congeal  1  qt.  liquid.  When  using  it  with  a  custard 
cream  i/o  oz.  (i^  tbsp.)  of  gelatine  should  be  used. 

1.  Why  do  we  not  draw  off  the  water  while  the  cream 
is  freezing? 

2.  Why  do  Ave  draw  off  the  water  and  use  no  salt 
when  packing  cream? 


CHAPTER  XXII 

DIETARY  STANDARDS 

Statements  of  the  amounts  and  kinds  of  food 
needed  or  taken  by  people  of  various  climates, 
ages  and  occupations  are  called  "dietary  stand- 
ards," or  "balanced  rations."  In  studying  these 
standards  the  aim  is : 

(a)  to  determine  the  food  requirements  under 
different  conditions. 

(b)  to  determine  the  amount  of  food  neces- 
sary under  different  conditions. 

(c)  to  classify  the  foods  that  will  give  us  the 
required  nutrition. 

To  secure  a  proper  combination  of  the  proteins 
on  the  one  hand  and  the  fats  and  carbohydrates 
on  the  other,  in  such  proportions  as  to  provide  the 
necessary  material  for  the  building  and  repair  of 
the  body  and  to  generate  energy  for  its  work,  and 
at  the  same  time  not  to  complicate  the  process  of 
excretion  or  elimination,  is  one  of  the  problems  of 
dietetics. 

Every  act  of  ours  is  a  breaking  down  of  body 
tissue.  It  makes  no  difference  if  the  body  is  kept 
practically  still,  the  very  acts  of  breathing  and 

201 


202  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

thinking  break  down  cells  and  tissue.  The  break- 
ing down  of  these  cells  and  tissues  produces  a 
waste  substance,  which  may  be  compared  to  the 
ashes  left  after  wood  or  coal  has  been  burned. 
This  body  waste  should  be  thrown  off  as  fast  as 
it  accumulates  or  we  must  pay  for  the  storage 
with,  headaches,  indigestion,  or  severe  illness. 
Nature  provides  several  avenues  through  which 
this  may  be  eliminated ;  namely,  the  skin,  the  kid- 
neys, the  lungs,  and  the  intestines;  and  it  is  our 
duty  to  aid  these  organs  in  their  work  by  making 
a  careful  selection  of  the  kinds  and  amounts  of 
food  we  eat. 

Physical  and  I\Iental  Effects  of  Pood 

A  very  wise  person  said,  ''The  food  we  eat  de- 
termines our  efficiency,"  meaning  that  a  man  or 
woman  is  well  and  strong  and  capable  of  working 
and  thinking  according  to  the  amount  and  kind  of 
food  he  eats.  If  every  mother  or  teacher  would 
give  one-tenth  as  much  time  to  teaching  her 
children  how  to  select  foods  and  how  to  eat,  as 
she  does  to  any  one  of  the  other  subjects  in  school, 
the  coming  generations  would  be  marvels  of 
strength  and  intelligence. 

Among  the  lower  animals  the  meat  eaters 
are  fierce  and  dangerous  and  of  little  or  no  value 
to  man.  While  the  vegetable  or  grass  eating  ani- 
mals are  mild  and  gentle  and  of  service  to  the 


DIETARY  STANDARDS  203 

world.  Investigations  into  tlie  lives  of  degener- 
ates and  criminals  prove  that  with  but  few  ex- 
ceptions they  were  inveterate  meat  eaters. 

To  make  a  comparison  between  educated  people 
and  animals  or  degenerates  is  perhaps  too  strong, 
yet  it  is  a  fact  that  the  average  American  family 
eats  too  much  meat.  A  liberal  service  of  meat, 
once  a  day,  eaten  in  combination  with  coarse 
vegetables  could  not  possibly  injure  any  one  who 
is  well,  and  in  fact,  the  animal  protein  which  meat 
contains  cannot  well  be  supplied  by  other  foods ; 
but  the  families  who  serve  one  and  sometimes 
two  meats  at  each  meal  are  committing  nothing- 
short  of  a  crime  towards  their  own  bodies. 

Meat  putrifies  sooner  than  any  other  food,  and 
for  that  reason  should  be  eaten  with  coarse  vege- 
tables, corn  bread,  and  the  like,  so  as  to  insure  its 
rapid  movement  along  the  alimentary  canal.  This 
putrification  causes  various  disorders  of  body  and 
mind,  known  as  headaches,  irritableness,  indiges- 
tion. 

Appetite  as  a  Standard 

The  statement  is  sometimes  made  that  if  a  per- 
son would  follow  his  appetite,  no  mistake  would 
be  made  as  to  selection  of  diet.  It  takes  only  a 
moment's  time  to  satisfy  a  person  that  this  state- 
ment is  untrue.  Some  people,  by  following  their 
appetites,  become  unduly  stout  or  have  all  sorts 


204  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

of  digestive  disturbances  while  others  become 
very  thin  and  show  a  lack  of  nourishing  food.  If, 
however,  from  year  to  year  a  person  is  strong  and 
well  from  eating  the  things  suggested  by  appetite, 
it  is  a  safe  guide  until  disorders  arise.  People 
have  been  known  to  learn  to  like  foods  that  had 
been  very  distasteful  to  them;  such  as,  tomatoes, 
celery,  olives,  spinach,  etc. 

OVER-EATING 

Many  times  whole  meals  which  otherwise  would 
serve  as  '* balanced  rations"  are  wasted  as  a  re- 
sult of  over-eating.  When  the  stomach  is  over- 
loaded with  food  the  mass  becomes  so  compact 
that  digestion  is  practically  impossible,  and  fin- 
ally a  large  part  is  eliminated  from  the  body  as 
waste. 

Dietary  Statements 

Fuel  value  of  food  is  estimated  by  a  measure 
termed  "calories,"  which  you  will  study  in  detail 
in  more  advanced  work,  but  for  our  purpose  it 
serves  just  as  well  to  use  the  gram  and  the  ounce 
as  estimates,  and  it  is  well  to  keep  these  propor- 
tions in  mind : 

28  grams  equal  1  ounce,  16  ounces  equal  1  pound. 

While  much  valuable  work  is  being  done  with 
the  purpose  in  view  of  determining  the  amount 
of  food  which  a  person  of  a  given  age,  sex,  and 


DIETARY  STANDARDS 


205 


degree  of  activity  should  eat,  not  enough  has  been 
accomplished  as  yet  to  make  it  possible  to  lay 
down  any  hard  and  fast  rules.  The  most  com- 
monly accepted  American  standard  is  that  of 
Dr.  C.  F.  Langworth,  that  the  average  adult  in 
the  United  States  should  daily  be  supplied  with : 
Protein  4  oz.     Fats  5  oz.     Carbohydrates  13  oz. 

Making  an  approximate  of  22  oz.  of  solid  food 
per  day  besides  from  three  to  six  pints  of  liciuid. 

From  these  figures,  for  a  man  who  exerts  much 
physical  energy,  the  following  menu  is  suggested 
and  contains  the  above  amounts  of  food  propor- 
tions : 


BREAKFAST 

1  prepared  wheat  biscuit 
1  Clip  medium  cream 

1  tbsp.  sugar 

2  slices  of  toast 

2  one-inch  cubes  of  butter 
y4.  cup  coffee 
%  cup  cream 

1  egg,  poached 


LUNCH 

1  cup  chicken  soup 

2  water  wafers 

1  baked   potato    (medium) 
macaroni  with  cheese  sauce 
(1  cup) 

1  apple  fritter 

2  tbsp.  maple  syrup 
Yi  pint  milk 


DINNER 


1  cup  cream  of  tomato  soup 

2  water  wafers 

1  lamb  chop  broiled  (lean) 
mashed  potatoes  (1  cup) 

2  parker  house  rolls 

2  one-inch  cubes  butter 
1  tbsp.  jelly 


1   slice  pineapple — lettuce 

mayonnaise — nuts 

1  water  wafer 

rice  pudding   (i/4   cup) 

with  cream 
lA  inch  cube  cheese 
4  tbsp.  black  coffee 


206 


FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 


For  a  teacher  or  man  or  woman  of  indoor  voca- 
tion the  daily  supply  should  be :  Protein,  3  oz. ; 
fats,  3  oz. ;  carbohydrates,  11  oz. 


BREAKFAST 

J^  orange 
1  cup  oatmeal   (steamed; 

1  cup  medium  cream 

2  tbsp.  sugar 
2  slices  toast 

1  one-inch  cube  butter 
1  cup  milk 


LUNCH 

J/2  cup  cream  corn  soup 
2  wafers 

1  three-inch  cube  white 
fish  (tomato  sauce) 

34  cup  creamed  potatoes 

2  slices  whole  wheat 
l)read 

]   one-inch  cube  butter 
4  stewed  prunes  with 

juice 
1  cup  milk 


DINNER 


1  slice  roast  beef  (1  cub.        1  one-inch  cube  butter 


inches) 

1  medium  sized  boiled 
potato 

y'2  cup  spinach 
]/,;  cup  cottage  cheese — 
cream 

2  slices  white  bread 


1  tbsp.  grape  jelly 
J4  cup   apple,    celery    and 
nut  salad   (mayonnaise 
dressing) 
1  water  wafer 
^  cup  thin  custard 
water 


For  the  average  school  girl  of  from  twelve  to 
sixteen  years  of  age  the  following  amounts  are 
approximate  in  temperate  climates:  Protein, 
31/2  oz. ;  fats,  2^  oz. ;  carbohydrates,  10  oz. 


DIETARY  STANDARDS 


207 


BREAKFAST 


3/2  cup  oatmeal  with  1 

1 

banana 

2 

Yj  cup  medium  cream 

1 

1  tbsp.  sugar 

1 

1  graham  muffin 

1 

2  one-inch  cubes  butter 

1 

4  tbsp.  maple  syrup 

1  cup  milk 

V2 

r.UNCH 

cup  vegetable  soup 

wafers 

slice  lean  bacon,  crisp 

baked  potato  (medium) 

one-inch  cube  butter 

three-inch  cube  corn 

bread 

cup  baked  custard 


DINNER 


1  lean  chop,  broiled 
(well  d(me) 

J4  cup  creamed  turnips 
34  cup  steamed  peas 

2  stocks  young  celery 
2  parker  house  rolls 


1  tbsp.  jelly 
Yi  cup    lettuce   and    hai'd- 
boiled  egg  salad 
(mayonnaise) 
water  or  milk 
1  baked  apple — cream 


Needless  Buying  of  Expensive  Foods 

With  people  generally,  and  especially  those  witli 
moderate  incomes,  the  mistake  is  made  of  buying' 
expensive  foods  or  those  out  of  season  when  tlie 
less  expensive  fruits,  vegetables,  or  meats  wouhl 
serve  the  purpose  just  as  well.  Strawberries,  at 
25  cents  per  box,  tomatoes  at  20  cents  per  pound 
or  grapefruit  at  15  cents  apiece,  are  luxuries,  yet- 
it  is  often  those  who  can  least  afford  it  that  in- 
dulge in  these  extravagances.  On  the  other  hand 
a  woman  may  be  very  anxious  to  do  the  best  she 
can  for  her  family  on  a  limited  income,  but  is  ig- 


208  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

norant  of  the  nutritive  value  of  the  cheaper  foods 
and  how  to  cook  them  to  the  best  advantage;  Eggs 
at  30  cents  per  dozen  can  be  replaced  with  cheaper 
cuts  of  meat,  beans,  peas,  etc.,  which  will  give 
three  times  as  much  nourishment  for  the  money 
expended. 

Housekeepers  need  to  learn  that  there  is  a 
higher  nutritive  value  in  some  of  the  cheaper 
foods  when  compared  in  price  with  the  costlier 
kinds ;  that  the  present  methods  of  cooking  in  the 
average  home  must  be  improved,  and  that  to  make 
the  table  more  attractive  will  be  an  excellent 
means  for  making  the  home  life  more  enjoyable. 

1.  What  do  we  mean  by  "balanced  rations?" 

2.  How  will  carefully  selected  foods  effect  onr  gen- 
eral health? 

3.  Compare  the  inclinations  of  meat  eatino:  animals 
to  vegetable  or  grass  eating  animals. 

4.  In  M'hat  way  might  a  heavy  and  excessive  meat 
diet  affect  our  disposition? 

5.  Give  reasons  why  it  might  affect  our  health. 

6.  Why  do  M-e  need  to  eat  coarse  vegetables,  as  cab- 
bage, turnips,  celery,  etc.  ? 

7.  Explain  why  we  should  not  allow  our  appetite  to 
govern  our  selection  of  food. 

8.  What  are  the  dangers  of  over-eating? 

9.  Why  does  a  man  at  hard  work  need  more  fats 
and  protein  in  proportion  than  the  man  of  indoor  life? 

10.  Why  does  a  teacher  or  pupil  need  less  food,  and 
in  different  proportions,  than  the  man*  who  works  in  tlie 
field  all  dav  ? 


CHAPTER  XXIIT 

PLANNING  MEALS 

It  is  the  duty  of  every  liomekeeper  to  plan  her 
meals  at  least  a  day  ahead.  After  breakfast,  make 
out  the  menu  for  dinner,  luncheon  and  the  break- 
fast foT  the  next  morning.  In  doing  this,  three 
points  are  to  be  considered : 

First,  will  your  meals,  as  planned,  contain  each 
of  the  food  principles  as  given  in  dietary  stand- 
ards, known  to  be  necessary  to  a  well-balance<l 
meal  for  body  building. 

Second,  have  you  made  arrangements  to  have  in 
the  house  all  of  the  materials  necessary  to  the  ful- 
filling of  the  menu  ?  In  many  homes  the  meals  are 
so  poorly  planned  that  when  the  preparation  is 
started,  the  coft'ee  can  will  be  found  empty,  the 
sugar  used,  the  baking  powder  or  the  butter  or 
the  flour  vessels  empty.  At  the  last  minute,  the 
children  or  the  husband  is  sent  to  the  nearby 
grocery  store  or  to  some  neighbor  for  help.  For- 
tunately, the  teaching  of  domestic  science  in 
schools  is  fast  doing  away  with  the  *' borrowing 
housewife. ' ' 

Third,  have  you  planned  to  use  up  all  your 

209 


210  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

left-overs?  In  no  other  way  can  a  good  house- 
keeper show  her  skill  more  than  in  making; 
palatable  and  attractive  dishes  from  the  remnants 
left  of  other  meals. 

This  much  of  the  preliminary  done,  we  shall 
consider  each  of  the  steps  in  detail.  From  our 
study  of  balanced  meals  we  know  that  we  must 
have  protein,  fats,  carbohydrates  and  besides 
these,  bulk,  meaning  coarse  vegetables,  fruits,  or 
breads,  which  may  or  may  not  have  food  value, 
but  which  will  aid  in  carrying  the  other  foods 
along  the  alimentary  tract.  For  many  years 
farmers  have  known  that  to  keep  their  stock  in 
the  most  healthful  condition  they  must  feed  them, 
besides  grains,  a  "roughage,"  straw,  hay,  etc. 
People,  generally,  are  just  beginning  to  realize 
that  they  too  must  have  ' '  roughage, ' '  obtained  by 
eating  such  food  stuffs  as  celery,  cabbage,  turnips, 
lettuce,  and  some  fruits  cooked  with  the  skins,  as 
cranberry  sauce,  unpeeled  apples  and  the  like. 

From  the  chapter  on  ''Foods"  in  this  text,  it 
is  easy  to  determine  from  what  sources  the  differ- 
ent food  principles  may  be  obtained.  This  dinner 
was  served  in  the  home  of  a  very  intelligent  fam- 
ily :  Eoast  beef,  gravy,  baked  beans,  cheese  souf- 
fle, bread,  butter,  water.  Notice  that  the  foods 
were  all  proteins,  practically  no  carbohydrates, 
and  very  little  fats.  Any  one  of  the  three  pro- 
teins, with  potatoes,  or  rice  and  a  coarse  vegetable, 


PLANNING  MEALS  211 

bread,   and   some   fruit   would  liave   been  more 
wholesome,  more  digestible  and  less  expensive. 

Of  What  Meals  Should  be  Composed 

A  breakfast  should,  if  possible,  consist  of  fruit, 
cereal  and  cream,  eggs,  or  crisp  bacon,  or  fish; 
bread,  butter  and  a  drink  and,  perhaps,  a  syrup. 
A  luncheon  should  consist  of  a  heavy  soup,  some 
of  the  proteins,  potatoes,  or  rice,  bread,  butter, 
fruit  arranged  as  a  salad,  and  one  of  the  light 
desserts  of  the  custard  variety.  A  dinner  should 
consist  of  two  vegetables,  one  of  the  coarse  variety 
and  one  a  starch,  a  meat,  well  cooked,  a  jelly  or 
preserve,  bread,  butter,  a  salad  of  any  variety  ex- 
cept a  meat,  a  dessert  of  w^ell-made  pastry,  per- 
haps, small  piece  of  cheese,  and  a  drink.  A  clear 
soup  served  at  the  beginning  of  a  dinner  is  a  good 
addition. 

Service 

There  are  two  forms  of  service,  family  service, 
where  the  food  for  the  whole  meal  is  placed  on 
the  table  at  once,  and.  formal  service,  where  the 
foods  of  the  different  classes  are  served  separ- 
ately or  in  courses. 

The  family  service  is  undoubtedly  the  easier, 
though  not  the  most  attractive  way  of  serving 
and  is  most  frequently  used  in  families  where 
there  is  only  one  pair  of  hands  to  carry  on  the 


212  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

work  and  where  the  conservation  of  strength  and 
time  are  the  main  problems.  Even  in  this  simple 
service  the  dishes  should  be  made  to  look  neat  and 
attractive  and  the  table  should  be  well-arranged. 
In  the  formal  service,  the  courses  for  the  dif- 
ferent meals  and  their  order  of  serving  is  as  fol- 
lows: 


BREAKFAST 

LUNCHEON 

1. 

Fruit 

1. 

Heavy  soup  or  a  fruit 

2. 

Cereal 

2. 

Light  meat  with  vege- 

■S. 

SimpL 

e    egg    or    meat 

tables,  bread 

dish 

,  bread                      3. 

Salad 

4. 

A  sweet  (cakes  or  waf-      4. 

Dessert 

fie, 

synip)                        5. 

Drink 

5. 

Drink 

DINNER 

1. 

Relish  (tart  drink  or 

canape) 

2. 

Cocktail   (fruit  or  fish) 

3. 

Clear  soup 

4. 

Fish  (with  potatoes, 

bread  and  relish) 

5. 

A  roast,  two  vegetables,  bread,  sweet. 

6. 

Water  ice. 

7. 

Salad 

8. 

Dessert 

9. 

Cheese — water  crackers 

10. 

Black  coffee — mints 

Repetition  of  Foods  and  Flavors 

Care  must  be  taken  not  to  repeat  a  food  or  a 
flavor  in  a  meal.    In  the  formal  dinner,  if  the  cock- 


PLANNING  :\IEALS  213 

tail  is  a  fruit,  the  salad  should  be  a  vegetable; 
if  the  roast  is  beef,  and  a  fowl  or  fish  course  is  to 
be  served,  a  vegetable  soup  should  be  used;  if 
the  roast  is  fowl  the  soup  may  be  beef,  or  vege- 
table. Often  at  dinners,  nuts  are  used  as  many  as 
three  times ;  on  the  table,  on  the  salad,  in  the  des- 
sert. This  should  never  be,  and  the  hostess  who 
serves  chicken  soup  at  the  beginning  of  her 
luncheon  and  chicken  salad  later  on,  displays 
very  bad  taste.  Oysters  are  often  repeated  at  a 
dinner,  as  oyster  soup,  or  cocktail  followed  by 
oyster  dressing  with  the  tui'key,  or  scalloped 
oysters ;  all  of  which  go  to  show  how  little  thought 
is  given  to  the  planning  of  satisfactory  meals. 

A  Study  of  Household  Expenses 

1.  Make  a  list  of  the  different  necessary  foods  used 
in  every  household,  with  the  prices  as  used. 

2.  Make  a  trip  to  the  market  with  a  lesson  on  how  to 
select  the  best  foods;  also  a  trip  to  the  butcher  shop  to 
make  a  study  of  meat  cuts,  etc. 

3.  Work  out  the  menus  for  the  meals  for  a  day  for 
a  family  of  four  that  will  cost  not  over  50  cents. 

4.  Take  up  the  expense  of  the  average  household — 
lights,  heat,  water,  repairs,  and  study  ways  and  means 
of  economy  in  each. 

5.  Study  the  cost  of  clothing  for  men,  women,  and 
children,  and  the  ways  and  means  of  economy  along  this 
line. 

6.  Work  out  the  division  of  a  man's  salary  which  is 
$520  per  year,  for  a  family  of  four,  rent  to  pay  or  build- 


214  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

ing  and  loan  payments  to  meet.    Give  one  week's  kitchen 
expense  in  full  with  each  day's  menu  worked  out. 

In  working  out  this  division  of  salary,  make  an 
allowance  for  the  yearly  expense  under  these 
items, — rent,  heat,  lights,  clothes,  food,  new  fur- 
niture, replacing  broken  dishes  and  kitchen  uten- 
sils, doctor,  dentist  or  medicine,  gifts,  amusement, 
carfare,  church,  magazines,  papers,  school  books, 
stationery  and  accessories.  Under  accessories  will 
be  included  tooth  brushes  and  powder,  pins,  toilet 
articles,  etc.  When  itemizing  the  clothing  for  each 
member  of  the  family,  make  a  complete  list  needed 
for  summer  and  winter  with  ways  of  economizing 
for  each. 


DOMESTIC  ART 

CHAPTER  XXIV 

TEXTILES 

Olotli  from  which  garments  are  made  is  of  one 
of  two  fibers — animal  or  vegetable.  Animal  fibers 
are  silk,  wool,  mohair.  Vegetable  fibers  are  cotton 
and  flax. 

Animal  fibers  are  characterized  by  their  com- 
position of  protein  and  sulphur,  so  plainly  de- 
tected by  the  o.dor  when  portions  are  burned.  This 
is  one  of  the  surest  tests  of  the  difference  between 
an  animal  and  a  vegetable  fabric — the  odor 
evolved  on  burning.  Animal  fibers  are  made  up 
of  tubes  which  are  elastic  in  appearance  and  have 
the  power  to  shrink  or  elongate  under  certain 
conditions. 

Wool  is  the  covering  of  the  skin  of  sheep — a 
mass  of  short,  kinky  hair.  Under  a  magnifying 
glass,  each  hair  is  seen  to  be  made  up  of  scales, 
piled  one  upon  the  other,  somewhat  as  fish  scales. 
These  scales  may  over-lap  each  other  nearly  their 
full  length  or  may  be  pulled  out  until  only  the  tip 
edges  are  touching. 

215 


216  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Mohair  is  the  long  silky  hair  of  angora  goats. 
In  structure  it  resembles  wool,  with  the  exception 
that  its  scales  lie  very  close  together  with  very 
little  lap.    This  gives  it  its  luster  and  stiffness. 

Silk  is  the  continuous  thread  spun  from  the 
cocoon  of  the  silk  worm.  In  structure,  when  mag- 
nified, the  threads  show  a  smooth  surface,  like 
firm  gelatine.  This  gives  to  it  its  softness  and  its 
luster. 

Vegetable  fibers  are  made  up  of  tubes  composed 
of  small  cells  which  form  fibers.  These  cells  are 
easily  broken  apart,  giving  the  fibers  this  char- 
acteristic :  when  a  vegetable  fiber  thread  is  broken 
it  snaps,  while  the  animal  fiber  threads  gradually 
pull  apart. 

Cotton  is  the  lint  of  a  plant  which  grows  in 
warm  countries.  This  lint  is  separated  from  the 
seed,  carded,  spun  into  thread  and  woven  into 
various  cloths.  (Head  cotton  culture  in  an  agri- 
culture text.) 

Linen  is  made  from  the  fiber  of  the  flax  plant. 
It  is  grown  to  some  extent  in  this  country,  but 
more  extensively  in  Ireland,  Holland,  and  other 
European  countries.  When  it  has  attained  its 
growth,  it  is  pulled  up  by  the  roots,  the  seeds 
removed  and  the  straws  tied  in  bundles  and 
thrown  in  water  to  soak  about  one  week.  This 
is  called  retting.  Eetting  causes  the  hard  cellulose 
on  the  outside  of  the  plant  to  decompose  and  slip 


TEXTILES  217 

off.  When  the  retting  is  during  exactly  the  right 
length  of  time  the  linen  has  a  luster.  If  the  straw 
is  left  in  the  water  too  long  we  have  a  dull  looking 
cloth. 

Weaving.  All  fibers  are  first  spun  into  threads 
and  these  threads  woven  into  cloth.  Some  are 
colored  before  they  are  woven,  and  in  others  the 
cloth  is  colored  or  stamped. 

Cotton  cloths.  Cotton  is  much  used  for  under- 
clothes, dresses,  waists  and  skirts  and  is  made 
in  various  weaves  and  has  numerous  names;  but 
the  standard  cloths  are : 

1.  For  underclothes — muslin,  longcloth,  nain- 
sook and  cambric. 

2.  For  wash  dresses  and  waists — lawn,  calico, 
crepe,  pique,  and  ginghams. 

3.  For  separate  skirts — Indian  head,  crash, 
heavy  pique,  and  poplin. 

These  goods  will  shrink,  and  it  is  wise  to  have 
them  shrunk  by  soaking  them  in  boiling  water 
for  30  minutes,  drying  and  ironing  smooth  with  a 
very  hot  iron,  before  they  are  made  into  gar- 
ments. 


CHAPTER  XX 

PLAIN  SEWING 

It  is  necessary  to  know  something  of  the  dif- 
ferent stitches  and  seams  with  their  appropriate 
use,  before  attempting  to  apply  them  in  garment 
making.  Seams  and  stitches  may  be  ripped  and 
made  over,  but  in  some  cases  the  appearance  of 
the  garment  is  spoiled,  and  it  is  much  better  to 
practice  the  various  seams  and  stitches  on  odd 
pieces  of  cloth,  until  their  use  and  making  is  un- 
derstood. 

The  thimble,  a  hood  of  silver,  gold,  or  aluminum 
is  to  be  worn  on  the  middle  finger  of  the  right 
hand  for  use  in  pushing  the  needle  through  the 
goods.  Most  girls  must  be  taught  to  use  a  thimble, 
but  its  use  must  be  insisted  upon  on  account  of 
the  danger  that  the  needle  will  break  the  skin  of 
the  fingers  and  hand. 

The  needle,  a  smooth  slender  steel  piece  used 
to  carry  the  thread,  is  made  in  various  sizes  and 
lengths.  We  may  buy  them  in  packages  all  of  one 
size  or  in  assorted  sizes,  with  numbers  ranging 
from  5's  to  10 's,  etc.  The  small  numbers  are  for 
the  coarse  thread,  the  higher  numbers  for  the 
fine  thread.  A  No.  8  needle  will  carry  thread  from 
60  to  80,  No.  5  needle,  thread  from  30  to  40. 

218 


PLAIN  8EWIXG  219 

The  thread,  hard  twists  of  cotton,  linen  or  silk 
fiber,  is  manufactured  in  practically  every  shade 
and  size.  For  convenience  it  is  wound  on  spools  in 
lengths  from  50  to  200  yards.  The  sizes  of  the 
thread  are  designated  by  numbers  and  letters. 
When  selecting  cotton  thread  for  a  certain  ma- 
terial, buy  the  number  that  is  the  same  size  as 
the  warp  of  the  cloth.  In  hand  sewing,  measure 
the  thread  from  the  hand  to  the  shoulder  to  de- 
termine the  length.  Beginners  generally  use  too 
long  threads.  It  is  an  economy  of  time  and  en- 
ergy to  thread  a  needle  often  rather  than  to  use 
the  extra  energy  in  pulling  a  long  thread  through 
and  untying  and  unfastening  the  knots  that  long 
threads  make. 

To  thread  a  needle.  Break  or  cut  the  thread 
from  the  spool,  twist  the  end  between  the  thumb 
and  finger  until  it  is  pointed,  then  force  it  through 
the  eye  of  the  needle.  Do  not  bite  tluj  thread  from 
the  spool  or  wet  the  end  of  the  thread  in  the 
mouth.  These  practices  are  unsanitary  and  wet 
thread  soils  the  work. 

The  stitches.  Bastings, — hasty  stitches  made  in 
garments  to  hold  goods  in  place  until  permanent 
stitches  are  made.  There  are  three  basting  stitches 
used,  even  hasting — the  stitches  and  spaces  are  of 
even  length,  about  %  inch  long,  and  are  used  in 
shoulder,  under  arm  and  skirt  seams ;  uneven  hast- 
ing— the  stitches  are  of  uneven  length  usually  two 


220 


FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 


^■^y-  ^-y-y  j^yv  Jr/^^^7"Z^7^^  ^r /  >.^ 


g 
h 


.<.^  ^  .^  ^  ^ 


(a)  overcasting. 

(b)  even  basting. 

(c)  uneven  basting. 

(d)  diagonal  basting. 

(e)  running  stitch. 

(f)  stitclTing  or  back  stitch. 

(g)  fell    seam,     machine    and    whipped    edge, 
stitched  it  is  sometimes  called  a  tailored  seam, 
(h)    overhand  seam  showing  one  edge  overcast, 
(i)     French  seam. 


When    machine 


PLAIN  SEWING  221 

short  and  one  long  stitch  is  taken.  This  basting- 
is  used  in  hems,  etc. ;  diagonal  hasting — the 
stitches  are  taken  in  the  goods  in  a  vertical  line, 
from  y^  to  2  inches  apart.  Thijs  basting  is  used 
mostly  in  tailoring  when  paddings  and  stiffening 
are  fastened  together. 

Permanent  stitches  are  made  in  place  of  machine 
stitches;  running  stitch,  the  stitches  are  of  even 
length  and  very  small,  often  only  two  threads  of 
the  goods  between  stitches;  back  stitch,  each  new 
stitch  is  begun  in  the  goods  where  the  last  stitch 
finished,  an  imitation  of  machine  work;  whipping 
stitch,  the  threads  of  the  goods  are  taken  up  by  the 
needle,  then  the  edge  of  the  goods.    Used  in  hems. 

Seams  constitute  the  manner  of  fastening  edges 
of  materials  together: 

Plain  seams  are  made  by  sewing  the  edges  of 
two  materials  from  i/4  to  1  inch  from  the  edges. 

Open  seams  have  the  edges  of  the  plain  seams 
pressed  open  and  over-cast. 

French  seams  have  the  edges  of  the  goods  first 
made  into  a  plain  seam  on  the  right  side  of  the 
goods,  then  this  seam  is  trimmed  very  near  to  the 
raw  edges  turned  in  to  the  wrong  side  and  stitched. 

Fell  seams  have  a  plain  seam  made  on  the  right 
side,  one  edge  of  the  cloth  in  the  seam  is  trimmed 
very  close  to  the  stitching  and  the  other  folded 
over  the  short  edge,  turned  down  and  stitched. 
This  is  used  in  underclothes,  shirts,  tailored  waists 


222 


FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 


a.  Overt-  a  s  t 
edges  Of  button- 
hole. 

b.  Worked  but- 
ton-hole. One  end 
fanned,  the  other 
barred. 


c.  d.  Hook  and 
eye  fastened  in 
place  with  button- 
hole or  blanket 
stitch. 


e.  Blind  -  eye 
made  with  blanket 
stitch. 


f.  The  blind- 
eye  in  process  of 
making. 


g.     To  sew  on  a 
two-hole   button. 


h.     To  sew  on  a 
four-hole  button. 


PLATE  V 


PLAIN  SEWING  223 

and  suits.    Tlie  wide  edge  in  this  seam  should  be 
folded  toward  the  back. 

Overhanded  seams  are  made  w^itli  the  edges  of 
the  two  pieces  of  cloth  folded  back  the  width  of  a 
seam,  then  the  creased  edges  placed  together  and 
whipped. 

To  make  button-hole  stitch.  Pull  the  thread 
through  the  goods  once,  place  the  needle  through 
the  goods  again,  bring  the  threads  from  the  eye  of 
the  needle  around  its  point  and  then  pull  the 
needle  through.  This  will  make  a  knot  or  ' '  purl ' ' 
on  the  edge  of  the  cloth. 

Button-holes  should  be  cut,  their  length  with 
the  length  of  the  goods,  and  may  be  made  with 
rounding  ends,  where  there  is  no  strain  on  the 
ends,  or  with  one  end  or  both  ends  barred,  where 
there  is  a  great  strain.  In  goods  that  frays  very 
easily  the  edges  should  be  overcast  before  the 
button-hole  is  worked. 

Hooks  and  eyes  should  be  lightly  fastened  in 
place  by  a  basting  thread,  and  then  made  per- 
manent with  the  button-hole  stitch. 

Plackets  are  finishings  for  openings  of  skirts 
at  the  belts,  or  for  shirt  sleeves  at  the  cuff.  The 
continuous  placket,  is  made  by  sewing  the  strip  of 
cloth,  cut  lengthwise  of  the  goods,  straight  around 
the  edge  of  the  placket,  turning  the  top  edge  over 
the  raw  seam  and  whipping  it  down.    This  placket 


224  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

is  best  for  the  skirts  of  wash  dresses  and  should 
he  from  9  to  11  inches  deep. 


PLATE    VI 

(a)      The   faced   edge.  (b)      The     bound     edge. 


Bound  edge.  Extended  finishing  of  an  edge. 
Faced  edge.  The  entire  finishing  is  turned  back 
on  the  goods. 

The  different  steps  to  be  followed  in  making  the 
four  foundation  garments  are  given  in  order  of 
their  application.  When  the  making  of  these  four 
garments,  with  their  various  problems,  is  mas- 
tered, all  plain  sewing  will  be  simply  a  matter  of 
application  and  judg-ment. 


PLAIN  SEWING 


225 


PLATE   VII 

Darning-.       Suitable    for    mending-    table    linen,    lace,     stockings 
or  woolens. 


226  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Use  of  Patterns 

There  are  many  companies  ayIio  make  good,  re- 
liable patterns.  These  patterns  state  length  of 
skirt,  bust  and  waist  measure,  and  the  number  of 
yards  of  material,  of  stated  widths,  required. 
When  selecting  a  waist  pattern,  buy  according  to 
bust  measures ;  when  selecting  a  skirt  pattern,  buy 
according  to  waist  measure.  To  obtain  waist 
measure,  place  tape  around  smallest  part  of  waist. 
For  bust  measurement,  take  loose  measure  around 
the  fullest  part  of  bust  well  down  in  front  and 
slightly  raised  at  back. 

Read  carefully  all  printed  explanation  found 
with  pattern.  Follow  these  instructions  closely, 
and  thus  avoid  mistakes  in  cutting  and  putting  the 
pieces  together.  Pin  the  entire  pattern  upon  the 
cloth  before  cutting.  This  will  eliminate  waste 
of  cloth. 

Plan  of  Skirt  JMaking 

1.  Baste  seams  together  and  fit  to  figure. 

2.  INIake  permanent  seams  (French  or  Fell). 

3.  Press  all  seams. 

4.  Make  placket  (continuous  placket  preferred). 

5.  Finish  top  with  band  ^  inch  wide  (on  straight 
of  goods)  or  face  at  waist  line. 

6.  Hem  or  face  at  desired  length.  (To  obtain  length: 
measure  from  floor,  with  a  ruler  or  gage,  the  distance  the 
skirt  is  desired  from  the  floor,  and  mark  with  chalk  or 
pins.) 


PLAIN  SEWING  227 

To  Make  Waist 

1.  Baste  shoulder  and  under-arm  seams. 

2.  Fit  to  figure. 

3.  Make  permanent  seams.    (French  seam  in  thin  ma- 
terial, fell  seam  in  heavy  material.) 

4.  Hem  or  put  box  plait  on  right  side  of  waist,  face 
left  side. 

5.  Finish  at  neek  with  band  or  collar. 

6.  ]\Iake  seams  in  sleeve  to  correspond  with  seams  in 
waist. 

7.  Put  sleeve  in  by  matching  notches  in  sleeve  and 
eye  of  arm  (bind  or  fell). 

8.  Obtain   desired   length   of  sleeve   and   finish   with 
cuff  or  facing. 

9.  Finish  bottom  with  band  or  narrow  hem. 

To  Make  Corset  Cover 

1.  Baste  seams  and  fit. 

2.  ]\Iake  narrow  French  seams. 

3.  Hem  right  side,  face  left  side  of  front. 

4.  Face  arms,  eye  and  top,  with  narrow  bias  strips 
turned  to  the  wrong  side  and  stitched. 

5.  Finish  at  waist  with  34 -inch  band  or  narrow  hem. 

6.  Work  small  button-holes,  cut  lengthwise  of  mate- 
rial. Sew  on  buttons. 

7.  Trim  with  lace  or  embroidery. 

To  Make  Drawers 

1.  Stitch  front  and  back  seams. 

2.  jNIatch  front  and  back  seams  at  crotch  and  stitch — 
thus  forming  the  legs.  All  seams  are  narrow  French 
seams. 


PLAIN  SEWING  229 

3.  Allow  nine  inches  opening  at  back  or  side  for 
placket. 

4.  Finish  with  continnous  placket. 

5.  P'inish  at  waist  with  straiglit  or  shaped  band. 

6.  AVork  button-hole  and  sew  on  buttons  or  sew  on 
tape. 

7.  Hem  legs  with  narrow  hem  or  facing,  then  tinish 
with  trimming. 

To  Repair  Garments  or  Linens 

Three  methods  are  used  to  repair  worn  or  torn 
garments  and  linens;  namely,  patching,  mending 
and  darning. 

Patching  is  used  mostly  on  cotton  goods.  The 
rent  is  cut  into  the  smallest  possible  square,  the 
corners  clipped,  and  the  edges  folded  to  the  wrong- 
side.  Place  under  this  a  piece  of  the  goods,  the 
length  of  the  patch  with  the  length  of  the  goods 
in  the  garment,  and  the  stripes  or  figures  in  exact 
line  with  those  that  were  cut  out.  Whip  down  the 
folded  edges  of  the  square,  turn  to  the  w^rong  side, 
cut  the  patch  one  inch  from  the  wdiipped  edge,  fold 
under  the  edges  and  fasten  to  the  goods  with  the 
running  or  wiiipping  stitch. 


PLATE  VTTT 
a.  Continuous  placket  showing  straiglit  .strip  of  goods 
sewed  to  tlie  cut  edges.  b.  Continuous  placket  witli  the 
.straiglit  strip  folded  in  place  and  ready  for  the  band  or  finishing, 
c.  Snagged  or  torn  place  in  cotton  or  linen  garments.  d. 
Patch  for  linen  or  cotton  garments,  f.  Snagged  or  torn  place 
in  woolen  garment,  g.  Mended  place  in  woolen  garment.  The 
rough  edges  are  pressed  flat,  then  with  a  raveling  from  the 
goods  the  edges  are  darned  flat.  All  raw  edges  are  trimmed 
with  the  scissors  after  the  darning. 


230  FOOD  AND  CLOTHING 

Mending  is  used  mostly  on  woolens,  mohair  and 
table  linens.  When  mending,  if  the  rent  is  very 
large,  a  piece  of  the  goods  is  fastened  under  the 
tear,  the  edges  pressed  flat  upon  it,  and  with  ravel- 
ings  from  the  goods,  the  edges  are  woven  back  in 
place.  In  very  fine  goods  a  long  hair,  is  often 
used  in  place  of  the  thread  in  the  weaving. 

Darning  is  used  mostly  on  table  linen,  knitted 
goods,  stockings  and  laces.  Darning  is  weaving 
back  in  place  threads  that  have  been  removed  or 
worn  away.  The  illustration  shows  how  the  threads 
are  first  placed  in  the  length  of  the  goods  and  then 
another  thread  woven  back  and  forth  through 
them. 


INDEX 


Abbreviations,   24,  25. 
Accessories,   21. 
Apples,  I'JO. 

baked,   1!);5. 

baked — Creole  style,   1!)2. 
Apple  sauce,  192,   193. 
Apricot  ice,  198. 
Asparagus,  canning  of,   127. 

preparation  of,  48,  49 

B 
Bacteria,  defined,  159. 
Baking  powder,  wlien  used.  96. 
Baking  powder  biscuits,  97,  98. 
Baking,  tenii)erature  for,  170. 

time  for,   170. 
Balanced   rations,  20,  2i. 
Bananas,  190. 
Bean  puree,   181. 
Beef,  composition  of,  02,  (K!,  64. 

creamed,    147. 

effect  of  heat  on,    135. 

food  value  of,   135,   130. 

tender  cuts  of,    135. 

ways  of  cooking,  64,  05. 
Beef  stew,  69,  70. 
Beets,  boiled,  48. 
Blackberry  jelly,    125. 
Blanc   mange,   133. 
Boneing  a  roast,  137,  138. 
Bound  edge,  224. 
Bread,  brown,  165,   160. 

German  coffee,   164. 

nut,   165. 

white,   163. 

whole  wheat.  163,  164. 
Bread  griddle  cakes,  108. 
Bread  omelet,  38. 
Bread   pudding,   132,   133. 
Brisket,  boiled,  69. 
Brown  bread,   165,   166. 
Brown   gravv,   66. 


]>utter,  (h'fined,   151. 

Butter    or    other    fats,    how    to 

cream,   168,  169. 
Button-holes,    223. 
Button-hole  stitch,  223. 

C 
Cabbage,  boiled,  46,  47. 

boiled  with  pork,  47. 

creamed,    47. 
Cake,  angel  food,  172,  173. 

causes  for  cracking,  171. 

causes  for  falling,  170. 

chocolate,  171. 

plain,    171. 

spice,   172. 

sponge,   173,  174. 

sunshine,    173. 

white,  171. 
Cake  icings,  174,  175. 
Candied  orange  peel,  60. 
Candied    sweet    potatoes,    49. 
Candy  making,  56,  57. 
Canning.   126. 
Carving  a  fowl.   142,  143. 
Carrots,  creamed,  50,  51. 
Cauliflower,   creamed,   47. 
Cereals,  defined,  86,  87. 

digestion  of,  88. 

general    directions    for    cook- 
ing, 87,  88. 
Cheese,  composition  of,  82. 

cottage.  85. 

digestibility  of,  83. 

how-  made."  82,  83. 

why  served  with  pie,  83. 
Cheese  balls,   84. 
Cheese   sandwiches,   85. 
Cheese  sauce,  89,  90. 
Cheese   straws,    156,   157. 
Ciiicken,  baked,   141. 

creamed,   147. 


i31 


232 


LNDEX 


dressing  a,  139,  140. 

fried  and   cream  gravy,    14U. 

smothered,  140. 
Chocolate  cake,  171. 
Chocolate  custard,    133. 
Chocolate  nut  fudge,  58,  51). 
Clear  consomme,   179. 
Cocoa,  composition  of.  111.  112. 

how  made,   112. 
Cocoanut  cream  candy,  58. 
Codfish,   creamed,  77. 
CoiTee,  boiled,   115. 

defined,   114. 

how  to  make,   114,  115. 

percolated,    115. 
Condiments,    144,    145. 
Cooked  salad  dressing.   183. 
Cooking,   coagulation,   36. 

defined,  21. 

methods  of,  22. 

things  to  remember  Avhen,  17, 
18. 
Corn,  green,  50. 
Cornmeal   mutlins.   105,   106. 
Cornmeal  mush,  88,  89. 
Corset     cover,     directions     for 

making,  227. 
Cotton  cloths,  217. 
Cotton-seed  oil,  150.  151. 
Crabapple  jelly,  125. 
Cranberry  jelly,  125,  126. 
Cream  filling,   105. 
Cream  puff's,  104,   105. 
Cream  of  corn  soup,  180. 
Cream  of  tartar,  96. 
Cream  of  tomato  soup,  180,  181. 
Cream  of  wheat  with  dates,  88. 
('reamed  dried  beef.  69. 
Croquettes,   147,    148. 
Currants,  191. 
Custard   pie,    154,    155. 
Custards,    composition   of,    130, 
131. 

firm,   131,   132. 

thin,   131. 

D 

Dietary  statements.  204.  205. 
Dirt,  defined,   159. 
Dish  washing,   18. 
Domestic  art,   defined,   16, 


Domestic  science,  defined,  15. 
Dougiinuts,  101. 
Doughs  and  batters,  94,  95,  96. 
Drawers,    directions    for    mak- 
ing, 227.  229. 
Dressing,    65. 
Dried  beef,  creamed,   69. 
Drop  batters,   102. 
Dumjjlings,  99. 

E 
Egg  sandwiches,  37. 
Eggs,    as    a    thickening    agent, 
130. 

composition  of,  33.  34. 

golden-rod,    37. 

hard  cooked  or  boiled,  36.  37. 

how  they  leaven.    103. 

how  to  tell  fresh,  34. 

poached,   36. 

preserving,    35. 

scrambled,  38. 

soft  cooked  or  "boiled,"  36. 

why  they  spoil,  34,  35. 
Equipment,    10. 

F 
Fats,  digestion  of.   152,   153. 
Figs,    190. 
Fireless   cooker,   23. 
Fish,  classification  of,  75,  76. 
Flank  steak,  rolled,  65. 
Foamy  omelet,   38. 
Fondant,  59,  60. 
Food,    19. 
Fowls,    138. 
French   dressing,    182. 
Fricasseed  steak,  67. 
Fritters,   104.       ' 
Fruit,  189,  190. 
Fruit  dumplings.   193,   194. 

G 
Garments   or   linens,   directions 

for  repairing,  229,  230. 
German  coffee  bread.  164. 
German  saute,  46. 
Gluten,  test  for,  94. 
Goose,   baked,    141. 
(Jraham  gems,  104. 
Grape  jelly,   124,   125. 


INDEX 


233 


Grapes,   191. 

Griddle  cakes,  107,  108. 

H 
Haul   sandwiches.   I'.i. 
Hamburg  steak,   67. 
Hams,  to  cook  smoked,  74. 
Hard  sauce,  157,  158. 
Hash  balls,   146. 
Heat,    degrees    of   in    the    oven. 

24. 
degrees  of  in  water,  24. 
Hooks   and   eyes,   223. 
Home  economics,  defined,   15. 
Hominy  grits,  91. 
Hot    fat,   testing,   78. 
House  keepers,  13,   14. 
Household  expenses,  a  studv  of, 

213,  214. 


JVI 


]Macaroni  an  gratin,   92. 

defined,    91. 

with  tomato  sauce,  92. 
Macaroon  pudding,  134. 
Management,    class,    11,    12. 
Marshmallows,  60,  61. 
Mayonnaise,    182,   183. 
Meals,  of  what  they  should   be 

composed,    211. 
Meat  pic.  145,  146. 
Mildew,  defined,  159. 
Milk,  composition  of,  26,  27. 

how  classified,  27,  28. 

why   it  sours.   28,   29,   30. 
:\Iince  meat,  148,  149. 
Molds,  defined,  159. 
Muffins.   102. 
Mutton,  defined,  74.  75. 


Ice  creams,  composition  of.  196. 

how  to  freeze,   196,   197. 

why    salt    is    used    in    freez- 
ing,  197. 
Iced  tea.   113,   114. 
Ice,   apricot,   198. 

lemon,   197,    198. 
Ices  and  sherliets,    196. 
Icing,  Caramel,   175. 

chocolate,    175,    176. 

white,    175. 
Instructions  to  pupils,  16. 


Jars,  preparation  of,  126. 
Jelly,  blackberry,   125. 

crabapple,  125. 

cranberry,  125-126. 

defined,  "123. 

grape,  124,  125. 

how  made,  123,  124. 


Laboratory,  in  the,   16. 

Lard,  defined,   151. 

Lemon  ice,  197,  198. 

Lemonade,   116. 

Lesson,  methods  of  conducting, 

14. 
Light  rolls.  164,  165. 


N 

Xeedle,    defined,   218. 

how  to  thread,  219. 
Needless    buying    of    expensi\e 

foods,  207,"  208. 
Nut  bread,   165. 
Nut  taffy,  58. 
Nuts,  composition  of,  151,  152. 

O 
Oatmeal    cookies,    101,    102. 
Omelet,   bread,   38. 

foamy,  38. 
Onions,   creamed,   50. 
Onion  dressing,   141. 
Orange  marmalade,   128. 
Oranges,  use  of,   191. 
Over   eating.   204. 
Oyster  dressing,   141. 
Oyster  soup,  79,  80. 
Oysters,  79. 

creamed.  80. 

scalloped,    80. 


Paraffin,  use  of,   124. 
Parker  house  rolls,   165. 
Pastry,   153. 
Patterns,  use  of.  226. 
Peanut  brittle,  57. 
Pears,  190. 


234  INDEX 

r^as,  creamed,  51,  52.  Rice 

riiilailelphia   ice   cream,    I'.l'S. 
Physical  anil   .nental   eilects   of 

food,  202,  203. 
Pickling,  128,  129. 
Pie,  apple,  155,  156. 

banana,  192. 
Pie  crust,  153,  154. 
Pies,  berry,  156. 

cream,  155. 

one  crust,  154.  155. 

why     they     are     indigestible, 
153. 
Pineapple  sherbet,   198. 
Plackets,  defined,  223,  224. 
Plain  cake.    171. 
Plan  of  skirt  making,  226. 
Pork    chop    with    dressing,    72, 

73. 
Pork,  cooking  of,  72. 

defined,  71,  72. 
Pot  roast,  70. 
Potato,  composition  of  the,  42, 

43. 
Potato  balls,  77. 
Potato  chips,   158. 
Potato  soup,  180. 
Potatoes,  baked.  45. 

baked   on    the   half   shell,   45, 
46. 

boiled.  44. 

boiled  in  jackets,  44.  45. 

effects  of  Meat  on,  43. 

French  fried,   158. 
Pour  batters,  106,  107. 
Preserving,  defined,   127,  128. 

eggs,    35. 
Prunes,  191,  192. 
Prune  sauce,  193. 
Prune  wnip,  193. 
Pupils,  instructions  to,  16. 

Q 
Quail,   142. 

Quick  cinnamon  rolls,  99. 
Quince,    191. 

R 
Repairing   garments   or   linens, 

229,  230. 
Repetition  of  foods  and  flavors 

212,  213. 


baked,  90. 
with  cheese  sauce,  89. 

Rice  pudding,  133,  134. 

Roast    beef    and    brown    gravy, 
137, 

Rolled    oats — apple    sauce,    90, 
91. 

Roquefort    cheese    salad    dress- 
ing,  183. 


188. 

186. 
133. 
187. 


79. 


78. 


S 
Salad,  a   meat,   183 

as|)aragus,    185. 

cabbage,    185. 

chicken.   187, 

vy^i:,   188. 

gelatine,   185. 

how  to  serve 

pineapple,    186, 

potato,  184-185. 

tomato,   185. 

Waldorf,    186. 
Salads,  defined,  181,  182 

fruit,   184. 

nu»at,  187. 

vegetable,   184. 
Salmon,   scalloped,   78, 
Salmon  bisque,  181. 
Salmon  croquettes,   77, 
Salted  cherries,   129. 
Sandwich  dressing,  73. 
Saute  liver  and  bacon. 
Seams,     classification 

223. 
Service,  211,  212. 
Short  cakes,  100. 
Shrimp,  creamed,  80.  81. 
Skirt  making,  plan  of,  226 
Soda  biscuits,  98,  99. 
Soda,  when  used,  96. 
Soft  dough,  97. 
Soft  ginger  bread,  106. 
Soup,  177,  178.  179. 
Southern   waffles,    109. 
Spinach,  preparation  of. 
Starch,  whv  it  thickens 
Steak,  broi'led,  136. 

pan  broiled,  136. 

planked,   136,   137. 
Sterilization,    121,    122 
Stiff  doughs,  100. 


74. 

of. 


221, 


47.  48. 
31. 


123. 


INDEX 


235 


Stitches,  bastiiij,',  21'.),  221. 

peiinaiR'nt,   221. 
Strawberries,   11)1. 
String  beans,  creamed,  51. 
Suet,  defined,  151. 
Suet   pudding,    157. 
Sugar,  classification  of,  53,  54, 

55. 
Sugar  cookies,  100. 

individual     recipe     for.     100, 

101. 
Sugar,  digestion  of.  55. 

effect  of  heat  upon,  55.  56. 
Suggestions  to  teachers,  !). 
Sweetbreads,    how    to    prei)are. 

71. 
Sweet  potatoes,  candieil.  40. 
Sweet  potato  puffs,  40. 


Table     service     (formal),     110, 

120. 
Table   setting    (informal  i .    ll'.i. 
Tamala  pie,  140,  147. 
Tea,  how  made,  112,  li;{. 

iced,  113,  114. 
Tea  biscuits,  166. 
Tea  cakes,  103. 
Tea  and  coffee,  110,   111. 
Teachers,   suggestions  to,  0. 
Tests,  96,  97. 
Tests   for   telling  when    a    cake 

is  done,  170. 
Textih^s,    classification   of,    215, 

216,  217. 
Tliiml)le,  defined,  218. 
Thread,  defined,  219. 


Timbail  cases,   107. 
Toasted  bun  caps,  37. 
Tomato  bouillon,  179. 
Tomato  sauce,  92. 
Tomatoes,  49. 

scalloped,  49,  50. 
Turkey,  baked,  140,   141. 
Turnips,  50. 

V 

Veal,  defined,  70,  71. 
Vegetable    foods,    classification 

of,  40. 
Vegetable  soup,  179,  ISO. 
Vegetables,  composition  of,   39, 
40. 
cooking  of,  41,  42. 
digestibility   of,   40. 

W 
^^■affles,  108,  109. 

southern,  109. 
Waist,    directions    fiir    making, 

227. 
Warmed  over  dishes,  144. 
Weaving,  217. 
Weights  and  measures,  25. 
Welsh  rarebit  I,  84. 
Welsh   rarebit  II,  84. 
Wliite  bread,   163. 
White  fish,  baked — fresfi  pt)tato 

l)alls,  76. 
White  sauce.  30.  31. 
Whole  wheat  bread,  163,  164. 


Yeast,  160,  161,  162,  163. 


LIBRARY  OF  CONGRESS 


0  014  485  824  4 


m 


Um 

mm 


m